hide results

    FAQ/Walkthrough by darkrangeresp

    Version: 1.08 | Updated: 02/28/07 | Printable Version | Search Guide | Bookmark Guide

      DARK RANGER'S HARVEST MOON DS GUIDE 
      
      Good day and welcome to my guide about harvest moon DS.  It's Darkranger
      again and I am writing on harvest moon DS this time.  Okay, the nickname
      is corny as all get out, but there is a long story behind it that I
      don't want to share here. Anyway as many of you know, the game was just
      released the second week of September and there aren't too many guides
      out for it yet.  I have been playing it quite a bit since I bought it
      and I am starting to get a little ways into the game.  So, I thought I
      would throw this guide together to help everyone out a little bit.  If
      you would like to contribute any information that can be accurately
      verified, please feel free to email me at the address listed in the
      legal section at the bottom of the guide.  
      
      Several of my friends and siblings have also purchased the game and we
      have learned quite a bit about how to find the harvest sprites and some
      other useful information between us.  This guide will be a work in
      progress which means that I will update it as more information becomes
      available.  So, without further ado here we go.
      
      !Again thanks to everyone who sends information along for the guide. 
      This work would not be possible without all your contributions. I really
      appreciate your input into it.  
      
      0. Updates
      -------------------------------
      
      This is just another section that I am adding to keep track of the
      progress of the guide as it develops.  Listed below are the version
      numbers and the updates made during each one.
      
      v 1.00  
      The original version of the guide.  I released this about a week after I
      got the game.  I had enough information to provide a little useful
      information, but nothing all that special except the quick start mining
      trick.  It contained basic information on crops, animals, tools, some of
      the buildings, how to find several of the harvest sprites and a quick
      section about the copy write and contact information available for the
      guide.  
      
      v1.01
      After another week or two of play, I found quite a bit more about the
      game.  I decided it was time for an overhaul to update the existing
      sections of the guide with the new information I have available, and it
      was also time to add some new sections that I finally have enough
      information to construct.  I added the mining and home shopping sections
      and updated the crops, tools, animals, and building's sections.
      
      V1.02 
      Another much needed update.  I am adding a couple of new sections this
      time and finally adding some of the email input to the game.  Keep it
      coming.  Also, a new section this time is an Analytical look at harvest
      moon.  If you have some time on your hands and want to see what makes
      the game tick inside have a read over it.  Sorry its so long but it is a
      complex topic that needs explaining and exploring.  I have also updated
      most of the major sections with new information and added the credit do
      some others whom without this guide would not be possible. 
      Additionally, I added some new sections including the much requested
      marriage section and an outline of how to hire the sprites and their
      casino games. Keep the submissions coming.  
      
      V1.03
      Another week and another update.  The guide is finally starting to take
      its final shape.  I added a four more new sections this time on the
      information I had available and updated a couple of older sections.  The
      guide is finally starting to take its final shape now that most of the
      major sections are in place.  I will continue to update them as more
      information becomes available. I will also begin working on the
      walkthrough in the near future as well as the family life.  
      
      v1.04
      Another much needed update to the guide.  This time I added several new
      sections including recipes, fishing, resource management, accessories,
      and a FAQ.  Additionally, I updated several older sections slightly.  We
      now have all the harvest sprites and how to unlock them and I finished
      updating the price list for the home shopping network.  All the major
      sections of the final guide are now in tact except for the walkthrough,
      which I plan to start working on soon.  This will be the last major
      update to the guide for a while.  The walkthrough will take some time
      and I need to get deeper into the game before I can write a complete
      one.  I will update some of the other sections as information becomes
      available periodically.  But, I won't be adding any more new sections
      until I have a child or finish the walkthrough.  Keep the emails coming
      thanks to everyone who contributed.  You have made this guide a success. 
      
      v1.05
      Well, we have another update to this growing guide.  I have done quite a
      few corrections this time.  I have also update several sections
      including information on animals and tools.  I have also finished the
      marriage section, though I still need to write one on family life once I
      have a family.  I am married currently and expecting a child in about a
      season.  I also added a section about the remaining town's people and
      their likes and dislikes. Finally, I got around to starting on the
      walkthrough for the game.  It is located as the last section down below. 
      The walkthrough is currently in it's beginning stages, but there is
      still some useful information there so take a look.  This guide has come
      a long way from my original intentions of just sharing some useful
      information about the game.  But, were getting there.  Thanks to
      everyone who contributed to the guide keep the emails coming.  I also
      converted the guide to a website format at    .  Check it out if you
      want to. 
      
      v1.06
      
      Hello again everyone.  Another couple of weeks and another update to the
      ever popular growing guide of harvest moon DS.  This is a simple update
      in contrast to the last few of them.  I am adding only one new section
      which, deals with events in the game. I have been playing a few other
      games and got away from harvest moon DS for a while, but I am back now. 
      I am also expanding the several existing sections of the guide with new
      information.  Finally, I am redoing my legal agreement do to the
      confusion I have been receiving in emails over the last month. If you
      submitted something or are hosting this guide please take a look at the
      updated and revised legal section concerning the new rules. Not much has
      changed, but I wanted to be a little more precise this time. Also, I
      finished the first season in the walkthru in case anyone would like to
      look at it. 
      
      v1.07
      
      Well, another month gone by and another update to my growing and popular
      guide to harvest moon.  I am sorry that it took so long, but I have been
      busy with the holidays recently.  I have added quite a bit to the guide
      this time.  I updated the crops, animals, and harvest sprite sections of
      the guide with new information and correcting the names of the harvest
      sprites.  I also updated the marry the mermaid section and added some
      names to the Thanks and Acknowledgements sections.  The credit given
      there is long overdue.  If I missed you, send me an email stating what I
      owe you credit for.  I apologize in advance if I missed you.  
      
      New to the guide this time are a couple of new sections.  First, I
      finally got around to writing the section on the 4th mine in the mining
      section.  I am also adding a new section to the guide similar to the
      marry the mermaid section of the guide.  This is a section to
      acknowledge the players who reach the bottom floor of the third mine. 
      See the mining section and the new section "Explores of the 4th mine"
      for details.  Also, the walkthru is now done through year 2.  That
      required most of my typing time. I will add more to the guide in the
      near future.  Thanks to everyone who helped make this guide such a great
      success.  Also, check out the coming soon section to see what is up
      next.  I still need information about families and the various children.
      
      v1.08
      Well, another month gone by and another update to the guide.  However,
      this will be the second to last update to the guide.  I plan to do a
      final release once I have finished correcting errors and rearranging a
      few things for looks in a few months.  To hear more about that, read the
      in conclusion section at the bottom of the page.  Don't worry, I will
      still answer emails about the game after the guide is complete.  As for
      this update, several sections have been updated or completed.  The
      walkthru section is now down and I added the family life and in
      conclusion sections to the guide. I have also added updates to the
      Building, Mining, Glitches, and Thanks and Acknowledgements sections of
      the guide.  Take a look around and let me know what you think take care
      guys until next time. 
      
      Table of Contents:
      ------------------------------
      Sections:
      0.  Welcome and Updates
      1.  Crops
      2.  Animals
      3.  Tools 
      4.  Buildings 
      5.  Unlocking the Harvest Sprites 
      6.  The Harvest Sprite Casino and Medal System
      7.  Mining
      8.  Marriage
      9.  Shopping Network and Other Items.
      10. Fishing 
      11. Resource Management
      12. Accessories
      13. Cooking and Recipes
      14. Quick Start Mini Guide
      15. The People of the Valley
      16. Festivals and other events
      17. Legal Stuff and Contact Info
      18. Email questions I will not answer
      19. Thanks and Acknowledgements
      20. Linking to Harvest Moon Friends of Mineral Town
      21. Frequently asked Questions (FAQ)
      22. Glitches and secrets.
      23. An Analytical Look at Harvest Moon
      24. Marry the Mermaid
      25. Coming soon
      26. Website Version of the Guide
      27. Family Life
      28. Explores of the 4th mine.
      29. Walkthrough
      30. In conclusion
      
      1. Crops
      -------------------------------------
      Crops are nothing new to the harvest moon series.  They are one of the
      best ways to make money early in the game and they can provide you with
      a multitude of income later in the game.  Crops come in two varieties,
      ground crops and trees.  You can buy ground crops from either the
      supermarket or Vesta's farm.  However, you can only get trees from
      Vesta's farm.  In order to grow crops, you need to have both the hoe and
      the watering can.  The process is the same as it has been in the last
      few harvest moon games.  I am going to cover the basics and provide some
      information on crops and profits in this section.  Later, I will provide
      you with which crops to grow to make the most of your time and effort. 
      For now just go with the one with the highest profit margin.  The
      profits assumes that you harvest the bag once, but some crops regrow so,
      you can harvest them multiple times and make more money.
      
      Ground crops: These are the crops that you plant in the ground and they
      grow for one season and die off.  Note, grass seed is the exception
      because it grows for multiple seasons and years.  In order to grow on of
      these crops you need to take the how and plow a 3X3 area and sow a bag
      of seeds over it.  You should also leave one space between the areas, so
      that you can reach all of the plants, unless you want to use the harvest
      team to gather the crops for you.  You might also want to leave one of
      the outer spaces on the pattern blank so you can reach the middle crop
      until you get the silver watering can or better.  This way you don't
      have to wait for the middle crop to finish growing if you want to plant
      the same plot of land multiple times.  If you are growing a renewable
      crop, you probably won't harvest the center plant until later anyway. 
      You need to water the crops for the specified number of days and then
      you can pick them and ship them or sell them to Van for a profit. They
      can also be used as cooking ingredients or as gifts.  
      
      Trees:  You can purchase tree sees from Vesta's farm and plant them
      anywhere you could grow crops.  To prepare the area, plow out a 2X2 area
      with the hoe.  Stand in the upper left hand corner of the plot and
      spread the seeds over the area.  Make sure you leave one space all the
      way around the outside of the tree.  Once the tree matures, nothing will
      be able to grow in that area anyway. You cannot plant trees right next
      to each other.  You need to water the tree everyday until it becomes a
      saporling.  Afterwards, you just need to let the tree grow.  It takes
      several seasons for a tree to mature and bear fruit.  Trees will only
      bear fruit during a specific season.  They will bear fruit every couple
      of days, which you can ship or cook with.  Generally, trees require less
      maintenance once they become saporling, but ground crops yield a better
      profit in the long run.  
      
      Crop    Grow time  Regrow time  Shipping price 1 Bag Harvest price
      -----------------------------------------------------------------------
      Spring Crops
      Turnip      5 days    none          60g               540g
      Potato      8 days    none          80g               720g
      Strawberry  9 days    2 days        30g               270g
      Cucumber    10 days   2 days        60g             540g
      Toy Flower  13 days   none          130g              1170g
      Cabbage     14 days   none          250g              2250g
      Summer Crops 
      Onion       8 days    none          80g               720g
      Tomatoes    10 days   2 days        60g               540g
      Corn        15 days   3 days        100g              900g
      Pumpkin     15 days   none          250g              2250g
      pineapple   21 days   5 days        500g              4500g
      Pink Cat FL. 7 days   none          70g               630g
      Fall Crops
      Spinach     6 days    none          80g               480g
      Sweet Pot   6 days    2 days        100g              900g
      Carrot      8 days    none          120g              1080g
      Pepper      8 days    2 days        40g               360g
      Eggplant    10 days   3 days        80g               720g
      Magic Red fl 11 days  none          200g              1800g
      
      Peach 250g
      Banana 200g
      Orange 200g
      Apples 100g
      Grapes 200g
      
      Grass grows in all seasons but winter and regrow every 15 days or so to
      make fodder for building or animal feed.
      
      You can plant any of the ground crops or trees anywhere on the map
      including your farm or any of the other fields available around the
      town.  I have noticed that the crops will grow at a different rates in
      different areas.  The table above list the time it takes for them to
      grow on your farm.  The take another day to grow if you plant them in
      the many fields located around the main part of the city.  They will
      grow one day faster if you plant them in the fields located near the
      waterfall in front of the dig sit.  Crops will grow the fastest if you
      plant them in the secret field behind the waterfall.  You need the
      Legendary Swords from the second mine to break the rocks blocking your
      way to the waterfall cave field.    Regardless of location crops sell
      for the same price everywhere. 
      
      Crops also have multiple levels.  Crops begin at level one and can go
      quite high, I haven't found the upper bound on them yet, but I know they
      go above 10 levels.  Higher level crops will ship for a lot more than
      their lower level counter parts.  For example, level 1 sweet potatoes
      sell for 100g each, while level 10 sweet potatoes sell for around 8000g
      each.  As you can see, leveling up seeds can quickly lead to a higher
      profit margin.  However, this takes quite a bit of work to achieve.  The
      process to obtaining higher level sees is quite simple in nature, but it
      takes a great deal of patience and time to achieve.  The process is
      described in detail below.
      
      Raising the level of crops is very simple, all you need to do is plant
      multiple bags of seeds on the same 9 squares of land overtop of each
      other.  The seeds you plant all need to be at the same level, and you
      need to plant at least two bags in order for them to advance a level. 
      You simply water and harvest the crops in the manner described above as
      you normally would.  However, when you pick the crops, there is a
      reasonable probability that some of the crops you harvest will have
      increased one level above their standard seeds.  The more bags of seeds
      you plant on an area, the better chance each particular crops has of
      increasing one level in value.  Planting multiple bags of the seeds that
      you buy from the store will yield level two crops.  Unfortunately, this
      is as far as you can go with the crops from the store.  To advance their
      levels higher, you need to purchase the seed maker from the black smith.
      
      The seed maker costs 20000g and requires a piece of admit from the third
      mine to construct.  It takes several days like upgrading a tool does,
      and it is then delivered to your farm.  You need to purchase a maker
      shed before you can buy it from the black smith.  You can read more
      about finding admit in the mining section and the shed in the building
      section.  The seed maker allows you to turn harvested crops into bags of
      seeds at a 1 to 1 ratio.  The transformation is instantaneous.  Each
      crop you put in will yield a bag of seeds equal to the level of the
      crop.  For example, a level 2 crop yields level 2 seeds.  You can then
      take these new seed and plant multiple bags of them on the same plot of
      land to increase the crops one more level.  Then, you can repeat the
      process to grow higher level crops.  However, this is a time consuming
      process, because each time you do it you have to start growing the crops
      all over again.  It takes several game years, so be patient with it. 
      The secret waterfall field can be a big help here, because seeds grow
      faster their than on the normal farm.  I will add the profit increase
      equation later when I break it down.  
      
      Another interesting thing about crops is the ability to grow giant
      versions of crops in the game.  I have only had this happen to me twice
      so far, but it's a neat addition to the game.  Sometimes when you plant
      a bag of crops, a giant version will grow and take up for spaces on the
      screen.  These larger crops seem to be random and rare in nature.  If
      you are luck enough to have one, on the day that it is ready to harvest
      Thomas comes over and offers to take it off your hands.  If you accept,
      you will view a short cut scene where the harvest sprites from mineral
      town come over and take it.  Then you will find that it shipped out for
      several thousand dollars the next day.  I don't have any idea what
      causes it, but it's just another neat addition to the game.
      
      As far as strategy goes, I am still out on that one.  I would recommend
      getting your crops to the highest level you can because their shipping
      prices seem to grow at a geometric rate.  Try to focus on crops with a
      short growing time and a fast regrow period regardless of price.  This
      will allow you to upgrade their level quickly, and it will also allow
      you to get multiple harvests out of higher level crops without having to
      regrow them from seeds every time.  Unlike previous games, growing speed
      will ultimately determine the best profit margin unless you get all the
      crops to the highest available level.  If you have two different crops,
      and they are two levels apart, the higher level crop will sell for more
      than the lower level one.  So, you want to focus on speed over shipping
      value.  I would recommend sticking with strawberries, tomatoes, and yams
      for the time being.  I will add more on this as the guide develops.  
      
      Just another quick update, I now have the equation for the shipping
      prices of the leveled up vegetables.  I just needed about 10 levels or
      so to see what it was. The shipping price for a leveled up crops is:
      
      base price * level ^ 2
      
      Where the base prices is the shipping prices of a level 1 version of the
      crop and the level is the level of the seeds.  For example, if I wanted
      to know the shipping price of a level 19 yam then I would go the
      following calculation.  The shipping price of a level 1 yam is 100g from
      the table above and the level in this case is 19 so the shipping prices
      would be:
      
      baseprice * level^2
      =baseprice * level * level
      =100 * 19 *19
      =100 * 361
      =36100g
      
      So, as you can see from this example it is pretty easy to figure out the
      shipping price of an upper level crop.  You can multiply the result by 9
      to get the shipping prices of a bag of leveled up crops.  As you can see
      here, crops are the key to making money in the game.  For example if we
      look at a level 100 yam it would sell for 100^3 = 1000000g, so a bag of
      level 100 yams will ship out for 9 million dollars.  If you planted say
      100 bags of level 100 yams you would make almost a billion dollars for
      one harvest of yams and you can harvest them 13 times in one season. It
      would take about 4 game years of leveling up seeds to get the quickest
      growing ones to level 100, but by then you should have pretty good money
      anyway.
      
      The Basement:
      
      The basements are another way that you can grow crops in the game.  It
      is a useful addition to your house, because it allows you to grow crops
      out of season. This will allow you to upgrade your crop levels quicker
      than just growing crops in their own season.  In order to build the
      basement you need to have the second house upgrade purchased.  You can
      have up to three floors to the basement.  Each floor is like the first
      except that the first is the only one that has a watering hole in it. 
      In order to grow some thing in the basement, you need to have the
      appropriate season's sun.  You can find them in the third mine and the
      process is well outlined in the mining section of the guide.  You simply
      place the sun on the box on the appropriate floor and plant the crops as
      you normally would above ground.  Multiple levels will allow you to grow
      crops from different seasons at the same time.  The costs and
      construction of the basements are located in the building sections.  
      
      Trees:
      
      Trees are another good source of income in that they produce fruit that
      you can sell or use for cooking.  Trees require less maintained than
      ground crops and will produce fruit year after year once they mature. 
      They can also be upgraded like ground crops, but it takes a long time
      because they require a long time to grow.  To plant a tree, till a 2x2
      area of ground and stand with the seeds in the upper left hand corner of
      the formation.  Keep in mind, that nothing will grow in the squares
      surrounding a tree.  So, plan your planting carefully and give them
      plenty of room.  You can buy tree seeds from Vesta's shop for between
      800g and 3000g each.  Once the seeds are sown, you will need to water
      them for about two weeks until they grow into a saporling. 
      
      Once a tree reaches the saporling state, you can stop watering it and it
      will mature on its own.  It take two seasons for a tree to mature and
      another one before it will bear fruit.  A tree will blossom one season
      before it will bear fruit.  Banana and orange trees bear fruit in the
      summer and apple, grape, and peach trees bear fruit in the fall.  A tree
      will bear one piece of fruit every other day.  Trees really don't
      provide as good of a profit margin as ground crops do, however they are
      low maintenance because all you need to do is pick them. The fruit from
      trees is used in several of the recipes and make good gifts for people
      around town.  Trees take too long to grow to upgrade them effectively. 
      Tress will not bear fruit in the basement or behind the waterfall.  
      
      
      2. Animals
      ------------
      Like all of its predecessors, Harvest moon DS. has a wide variety of
      animals that you can keep on your farm in order to make money and have.
      However, a few things have changed from the previous games.  This time,
      you don't start with barns for most of the animals you get.  You have to
      build your own before you can buy animals.  See the building's Section
      for the price and requirements to construct the buildings.  The wood
      cutter will make all of them for you if you have the right amount of
      money and material.  The game's touch screen also adds a more impressive
      interface with the touch panel gloves to caring for the animals.  You
      can now pet, milk, and wash your animals with the tough panel gloves
      rather than only the other tools if you prefer.  Just a side note, I
      prefer to focus on Crops rather than animals, so I haven't kept track of
      how long it takes them to mature.  It takes a week or two for them to
      grow into adult form and start producing milk, eggs and wool, ect.  I
      will provide you with the information that I have available.
      
      You can move your animals outside on days with nice weather if you want
      too.  If there out on rainy weather or in a hurricane or blizzard they
      will often get sick.  This will also happen if you forget to feed them
      inside.  If they are outside for several hours, chickens and ducks will
      find food on their own and cows will eat mature grass if there is any. 
      Otherwise you will need to return them to the barn and give them food in
      their food box.  Cows and sheep eat fodder which you can grow or buy
      from yodel ranch.  Chickens and Ducks eat bird feed which you can buy
      from the poultry farm.  If your animals get sick, you can cure them with
      animal medicine, otherwise they will die after a few days.  Note, I
      usually leave my animals inside and just feed them.  That way they won't
      get sick unless their is a storm. 
      
      You can have only a limited number of animals on your farm.  Each animal
      requires a shed to live in.  Each shed holds a total of 4 animals.  You
      can have a total of 7 animal sheds which means you can have a total of
      28 animals at any given time.  Note, you also need a pond to buy ducks. 
      You can get new animals by buying them from one of the farms or having
      the ones you have reproduce.  You can get a new chicken by placing an
      egg in an incubator and letting it hatch.  This is cheaper than buying
      them from the farm.  It takes 3 day for a bird to hatch and a week for
      it to mature into an adult.  I don't really know how long it takes cows
      and sheep to reproduce.  It's better to just buy them as adults from the
      ranch.  The miracle potions only save you 1000g and they end up tying up
      one of your mature animals for a few weeks.  During that time period it
      still needs to each but won't produce anything. So, they end up costing
      you more money than they are worth.
      
      Listed below are the types of animals and some information about them
      
      Dog: You start with the dog and give him a name at the games beginning. 
      You can throw him or pet him with the touch panel gloves to raise his
      affection rate.  Also, you can train him with the ball that Thomas gives
      you on the first day.  He will play fetch with you.  Supposedly, he will
      chase away wild dogs from your land at the end of the day. Otherwise, he
      is pretty useless. 
      
      Cat: You also begin the game with the cat.  It can be picked and thrown
      and petted with the touch gloves.  It's basically a worthless animal.  I
      just ignore it because it severs no probative value.
      
      Horse: Tanaka brings you a horse after you ship about 1200 items through
      a shipping box.  You can pet it with the touch gloves and brush it with
      the brush.  You can ride it around the valley, which is faster than
      walking, but slower than the teleport stone.  It can also be used to
      ship items anywhere in the valley.  
      
      Chickens: They are bought from the poultry farm or hatch from eggs. 
      Chickens need to be feed bird feed once a day.  They can be thrown or
      petted with the touch gloves to increase their affection rating.  As
      their affection increases, the quality of their eggs will also increase. 
      Small eggs sell for 50g, medium for 60g and large for 100g.
      
      Ducks:  Ducks are similar to chickens in every way accept they cost more
      to buy and require a pond before you can purchase them.  However, their
      eggs sell for more than chickens do. Small 80g, medium 100g and large
      150g.  Ducks will only lay eggs every other day.  
      
      You can also purchase a manoise maker to increase the selling value of
      eggs slightly.  It is made by the blacksmith with adamant from the third
      mine for 20000g.  Or, you can use oil to make it in the kitchen. I don't
      have the maker's yet, so I will disclose their shipping prices in a
      future version of the guide.
      
      Cows: you buy cows from the yodel ranch for 5000g each.  They need to be
      feed fodder once a day and you can brush them and talk to them to
      increase their affection ratings.  You can milk them when they mature
      with either the touch panel glove or the milker.  The selling value of
      their milk increases with their affection rating.  small 100g, medium
      150g, large 200g. you can also get makers for cheese and yogurt to
      increase profits slightly.  
      
      Sheep: Sheep produce wool that you can sell and have to be shorn once a
      week.  They eat and have their affection increased like cows do.  You
      can use the touch panel gloves to wash and shear them, or you can shear
      them with the clippers.  The wool sells as follows small 100g, medium
      400g, and large 500g. There is also a yarn maker to increase their
      selling prices slightly.  
      
      The selling value of animal produce increases along with the affection
      rating of the animal.  You can make an animal happier by brushing it,
      talking to it, and taking it outside.  You can also use the touch panel
      minigames to increase the level of the products produced by sheep and
      cows by scoring high on the minigames.
      
      Birthing new animals:
      
      You can have your animals give birth to off spring in several ways. 
      This is required to unlock several of the harvest sprites later in the
      game.  To have a chicken or a duck reproduce, you simply need to put one
      of their eggs in the incubator located in the bird shed.  It takes a 3
      days to hatch and a week to become a productive adult. Sheep and cows
      are a little more complicated.  You need to impregnate them with a
      miracle potion from the yodel ranch.  Then you need to walk up to the
      animal you want to make pregnant and use the potion on it.  The next day
      the animal will be moved to the special pregnant box in the barn.  You
      will need to put feed in the special box while the animal is pregnant or
      it will become sick.  Sheep and cows stop producing milk and wool while
      their pregnant.  It takes 3 weeks for a baby to be born and another week
      to grow into an adult.  Afterwards, it takes another week before it will
      start producing milk or wool.  This is a waste of time and money in the
      game when it comes to cows and sheep.  It is more beneficial to just buy
      adult animals to begin with.  However, your sheep or cows need to
      reproduce 15 times to unlock one of the sprites.  Baby animals gain
      affection faster than their parents do.
      
      The animal festival:
      
      There is an animal festival each season other than the winter for a
      particular type of animal.  You can only enter one animal in each
      festival each year.  In order to win the festival you need to have 9 to
      10 affection hearts on your animal.  If you win your animal will
      increase one level and the products it produces will sell at a higher
      value.  Additionally, your animal's offspring will also start at the
      same level as its parent. This can be used to increase the productivity
      value of your animals on the farm.  The animals start on level 1 and go
      all the way to 100 supposedly.  You cannot level up a particular animal
      more than once.  
      
      Upgrading the milker and sheers:
      
      One thing that I recently found is that the milker and sheer's can
      upgrade to higher levels.  You can do this by milking or sheering your
      animals with the touch panel gloves.  They will increase slowly over
      time.  As they do, they can actually generate 99 milk or wool per
      sheering or milking.  They can also raise the selling price of product
      several levels which ship for more money.  
      
      Fences and Keeping Animals Outside:
      
      If you keep your animals outside in good weather, it will increase their
      affection and allow them to feed themselves rather than forcing you to
      do it.  Chickens and ducks will find food on their own after being
      outside for about 5 hours.  The Cows and Sheep can graze if you have
      mature grass for them to eat.  You need to be careful though, because
      there are several things that can harm your animals outside.  The first
      is the weather.  If it is going to be a rainy or snow day outside the
      next day you should put your animals back in the barn to avoid having
      them get sick.  Using the bell and the red cloak can help you herd them
      back in and out of the barn.  You should never leave cows or sheep out
      during the winter because there is no grass for them to eat during that
      season.  
      
      You should also keep your animals fenced in outside.  You can use either
      processed lumber, stone, or gold lumber for this purpose.  You can also
      use rocks or branches that are not collected to make natural fences. 
      They work just as well.  Fencing the animals serves two purposes. 
      First, it keep the animals where you can find them so that you do not
      have to wander all over your farm if you want to put them back in the
      barn.  The second purpose this serves is that it protects them from the
      wild dogs that can visit your farm in the evening. If the wild dogs get
      to your animals, they can cause them to get unhappy or sick.  However,
      fences will keep them away from the animals.  Also, leaving your dog
      outside late at night will help to keep the wild dogs away.  A thanks
      goes out to ROKER2000 who prompted me to include this information in the
      guide.  
      
      That is all there is to the animals in the game.  It is really the
      traditional system with the added features of being able to level up
      animals and the touch panel mini games.  Overall, Natsume really outdid
      themselves this time.  
      
      3. Tools
      ---------------------------------
      
      Tools allow you to perform work on the farm such as clearing the land,
      watering crops, caring for animals, or gathering resources.  They are of
      cardinal importance to the game.  Listed below are a description of the
      tools I have accumulated so far and their purposes and upgrades.  
      
      You can only upgrade the six main tools in the game.  Many of the tools
      such as the brush and milker don't have upgrades and only function at
      the first level.  To upgrade a tool, you need to gather ore from the
      first mine and contact the black smith.  The levels of upgrades are as
      follows:
      
      copper   1000g 1 day
      silver   2000g 2 days 
      gold     3000g 3 days
      mystrile 4000g 4 days 
      
      In addition to having the required ore and money to upgrade the tool,
      you also need to have worked the tool to a certain experience level by
      using it repeatedly or performing work with it.  In order to upgrade a
      tool, you need to call Gary and Sabina when the blacksmith is open,
      11:00 to 4:00 except Thursdays and holidays, and provide them with the
      ore and money.  You cannot upgrade a tool if you lack the experience to
      do so.  You can view your current experience by touching your
      character's head portrait on the progress report screen.  The days are
      cumulatively spent but the money is not.  For example, it only takes one
      day to go from silver to gold level, but it still costs 3000g to
      upgraded the tool. So, you may want to go straight to mystrile to avoid
      wasting money.  Be aware that while a tool is being upgraded, you will
      not be able to use it.  To use a tool at a higher level, hold down the Y
      button and release it at the desired interval.  Using a tool at a higher
      level burns more stamina and fatigue, but it generally does more work
      than using the tool at the first level repeatedly would.  
      
      Tool List
      
      Hoe: You begin the game with this tool in your possession.  It can till
      soil to prepare it for planting or be used to dig in the mines.  It
      begins by tilling one square in front of you.  Each level you advance it
      up to mystrile will increase the number of squares tilled in front of
      you in a straight line by one.  You can only till one square at a time
      in the mine or dig site. The Blessed hoe tills three rows by 5 squares. 
      The mythic level does 5 rows by 10 squares in front of you.
      
      Axe: You begin with the axe at the beginning of the game.  It is used to
      chop tree branches and stumps to gather lumber.  At first you can only
      cut branches with it.  Increasing its level allows it to cut stumps by
      charging it up multiple times.  The higher the level you have, the less
      swings it takes to break a stump into lumber.  The mystrile axe can
      cleave a stump in one chop.  The blessed and mythic levels allow you to
      cut all the branches and stumps around you in one swing.  The mythic axe
      has the longest reach.
      
      Watering Can:  The watering can is used to water your crops.  It can be
      filled at any body of water or the watering hole on your farm.  The
      number of squares it holds and waters depends on its level.  
      material  capacity  waters 
      Iron        30       1 square in front of you
      copper      45       3 squares in front of you 
      silver      60       6 squares in front of you 
      gold        90       9 squares in front of you
      Mystrile    150      15 squares in front of you 
      blessed     255      54 squares in front of you 
      mythic      255      252 squares in front of you
      
      
      Hammer: You begin the game with the hammer and it has several uses.  It
      can break rocks to acquire stone for building.  If you upgraded it, the
      hammer can break boulders and even larger rocks into stone for building
      material. Like the axe, the more you upgrade the hammer, the more few
      swings are required to destroy boulders.  The blessed and mythic levels
      allow you to break all the rocks around you in one swing. This includes
      the very large stones by the mine, but not by the waterfall or on top of
      the hot springs. You can also use the hammer to dig though rocks in the
      mine and unplowed plowed land.
      
      Sickle:  You begin the game with the sickle. The sickle is used to cut
      weeds and mature grass to make fodder.  As you upgrade it, it will cut
      more spaces.
      material  cuts 
      iron       1 space in front of you
      copper     2 spaces in front of you 
      silver     6 spaces in front of you 
      gold       9 spaces in a arc around where you are standing
      mystrile   2 rows around where you are standing
      Blessed    6 rows around where you are standing
      Mythic     9 rows around where you are standing
      
      
      Fishing Pole:  To acquire the fishing pole, go to Galen and Nina's house
      around noon on a Saturday.  You will view a short cut scene where Galen
      found an old fishing rod and is passing it onto you.  The fishing rod
      allows you to catch fish in any body of water on the map.  The more you
      upgrade it, the better the quality of fish that you can catch with it. 
      The blessed and mythic fishing poles allow you to catch higher level
      fish.  The mythic rod fully charged can catch pirate treasure and
      fossils.  The are found on the beach during the summer and fall
      respectively and ship for 10000g  and 5000g respectively.
      
      The following tools cannot be upgraded.
      
      Brush: You can buy it from the blacksmith. You can use it to brush your
      horse, sheep and cows to increase their affection rating.
      
      Milker: This is also bought from the black smith.  It allows you to milk
      your cows with or without the touch panel gloves.
      
      Shears: These are purchased from the blacksmith and allow you to shear
      the wool from your sheep to harvest it.  
      
      Bell: You also purchase this from the blacksmith.  When you ring it, it
      calls all of your sheep and cows to where you are standing.  It comes in
      handy for moving them inside and outside quickly.  
      
      Touch Panel Gloves:  You can purchase these from either of the animals
      farms for 1000g.  They allow you to interact with your animals on the
      touch screen.  You can pet the dog, can, horse, chickens cows, sheep and
      ducks to increase their affection with them.  They allow you to wash
      your animals to increase their affection rating by equipping them at the
      same time as the brush.  They allow you to milk your cows by combining
      them with the milker. Finally, the allow you to shear your sheep by
      equipping them with the sheers. The touch panel gloves are a basically a
      minigame that you can use to increase the affection rating of your
      animals based on your score with them.  They will also yield higher
      level produce if you are proficient at the minigames with them.
      
      Seeds:  These are purchased from either the supermarket or Vesta's farm. 
      They vary in price and grow into crops that you can sell.  See the crops
      section for details.
      
      Animal Medicine: This can be purchased from any of the animal farms.  It
      cures an animals sickness when you forget to feed them or leave them out
      in the rain.  They keep sick animals from dying, so its a good idea to
      keep some on hand.  
      
      Miracle Potions:  There are two types, one for the cows and one for the
      sheep.  These allow you to have your mature animals have offspring. 
      They are pretty self explanatory.  Use them next to the animal and it
      will become pregnant.  It takes a few weeks to give birth during which
      time your animal won't produce items to ship. 
      
      Legendary Sword: 
      
      The legendary sword is found on the 255 floor of the second mine after
      you clean out all the monsters on the bottom floor.  You need to have at
      least one of your tools to the mystrile experience level before you can
      get it.  You don's have to have the tool upgraded, you simply need
      enough experience to upgrade it.  The sword is used to destroy the large
      rocks blocking the way to the secret field behind the waterfall.  You
      can destroy them by equipping the sword and walking up next to them. 
      Next, just push the A button and you will trigger a short scene that
      will destroy the rocks. The sword is also useful as a weapon in the
      mines and can be used to cut weeds, grass, and crops.  
      
      I have found some of the cursed tools.  They are located on various
      floors in the third mine.  The requirements to find and upgrade them can
      be located in the mining section.  
      
      
      4. Buildings
      ---------------------------------------
      
      As the game progresses and you upgrade your farm, there are several
      buildings that you can buy from Gotz the wood cutter.  You need them to
      store materials and to house your animals.  You cannot buy animals for
      your farm until you have sheds to house them in.  So, buildings are a
      very important part of building your farm up.  You can place an order
      for a building over the phone like you would to order any other service.
      Gotz is available from 11:00 am to 4:00 pm and is closed on Saturdays
      and holidays.  You can only have him constructing one building at a time
      and it usually takes him two days to construct anything.  So plan your
      time carefully when you order buildings and expand the farm.
      
      You can build each of the available buildings out of any one of four
      different materials with a few exceptions.  You can either gather the
      material for the building yourself, or you can buy it from Gotz or the
      Yodel farm if you want fodder buildings. You can also use any material
      besides fodder to make fences to keep your animals in and wild dogs away
      from them on the farm. Fodder is the cheapest building material but it
      is also the least sturdy.  You can buy it from yodel farm or grow and
      harvest grass.   Fodder buildings are relatively cheap to construct, but
      they can also fall apart in rainy or even sunny weather.  The only
      benefit is their cheap cost.  Next, you can build structures out of
      wood.  They are a little more expensive than fodder buildings, but they
      can hold up in most normal weather situations.  However, they can still
      sustain damage in a hurricane or blizzard. You can obtain wood by
      cutting trees and stumps or by purchasing it from Gotz.  Be aware that
      any animals in a building are killed if a building collapses so choose a
      good building material.  Here are their purchase prices.   
      
      fodder 20g
      lumber 50g
      stone  200g
      gold lumber 100000g
      
      The third and probably most economic option is stone.  Stone is very
      strong and will only risk sustaining damage in a heavy storm with a
      small possibility.  It offers stability and is still an affordable
      option.  You can obtain stone by purchasing it or by breaking stones and
      boulders with the hammer.  The final choice is to build things out of
      Gold Lumber.  Gold lumber is indestructible, but at 100000g a piece it
      really isn't affordable.  You can buy it from Gotz or complete Thomas's
      winter request to get one piece.  Listed below are all of the buildings
      I have found to date and their uses and costs.  You can only have one of
      any specific building unless its and animal or a bird shed.  In that
      case you can have a combined total of 7 of the two of them, which allows
      you to have 28 different animals.  Overall, stone is the best building
      choice if you can afford it.  I have included a table that show the
      number of pieces and the costs to expand purchasing the materials and
      providing them yourself.  
      
      House: You begin the game with a small house and you can expand it
      twice.  Your house is indestructible and constructed of lumber.  You
      cannot expand it using other materials.  Once you unlock the second
      harvest sprite channel, and buy a few items from the TV shopping
      network.  The option to expand your house becomes available from Gotz. 
      You can expand your house twice, which is necessary to open new items to
      buy from the home shopping network. You need to buy the table before you
      can get the first upgrade and the kitchen before you can buy the second.
      It is also required to get married later in the game.  
      
      House Upgrades    provide own material     purchase from Gotz
      1st upgrade material required 200 
      stone                   33000g                 43000g
      2nd upgrade material required 700
      stone                   115000g                150000g
      
      
      Bird and Animal sheds: These buildings are required to house your
      animals on the farm.  They are basically the barns from the previous
      harvest moon games.  Each of them can hold up to four animals and come
      with a place to feed them.  Bird sheds hold ducks and chickens while
      animal sheds hold sheep and cows.  They also each have a place to
      retrieve feed if you have a silo and an indoor shipping bin.  The Bird
      sheds also have an incubator where you can place eggs to increase the
      number of birds you have.  You can have a total of 7 sheds for a total
      of 28 animals.
      
      Material           Provide your own     Buy it from Gotz
      Bird shed requires 420 pieces of material.  
      fodder              500g         8900g
      lumber              5000g             26000g
      stone               10000g       94000g
      gold lumber               100000g     42100000g
      Animal shed requires 500 pieces of material 
      fodder              680g         10680g
      lumber              6800g             31800g
      stone               13000g       101300g
      gold lumber               130000g        50130000g
      
      Silo, Lumber, Stone, and Gold Lumber storage:  These small structures
      each holds a specific type of material you gather.  The silo holds
      fodder and the rest of them hold what their name implies.  You can put
      material in them and remove it when needed.  Basically they just give
      you a place to store material outside of your ruck sack.  Each of them
      requires 100 pieces of material to build
      
      Material        Provide your own       Buy it from Gotz
      Silo, Lumber, Stone shed
      fodder              200g      2200g
      lumber              2000g          7000g
      stone               4000g          24000g
      gold lumber               40000g   10040000g
      Gold Lumber shed
      fodder              3000g          4000g     
      lumber              20000g    25000g
      stone               40000g    60000g
      Gold lumber               100000g  10100000g
      
      Mushroom Shack: The mushroom shack is another little building that you
      can get from Gotz.  The shed allows you to plant and grow mushrooms
      similar to the wild ones you find in the fall.  The process is pretty
      simple. Inside the shed, there are several platforms.  You need to place
      a piece of lumber on each of them and then you need to plant mushroom
      seeds on them.  Next, you need to water the mushrooms for about two
      weeks, when they will first start to grow.  The type of mushrooms you
      get are vary from the toadstools to the truffles.  Once you harvest
      them, if you continue to water them they will regrow at a much faster
      rate than their initial growing time. Basically, it's just another way
      to get a renewable crop to grow.  A thanks to Kayla D for the
      information provided here from her email. It requires 320 pieces of
      material to construct
      
      Material        provide your own       Buy it from Gotz
      fodder              1000g                7000g
      lumber              10000g         25000g
      stone               35000g
      gold lumber         200000g        30200000g
      
      Pond:  The pond allows you to buy and raise ducks on your farm.  It also
      allows you to store the fish you catch.  Finally, it is a requirement of
      you want to Mary Leila the Mermaid.  It can only be made from stone and
      requires 600 pieces and 100,000g  if you provide the material and it
      costs 220,000g if you buy the stone from Gotz.
      
      Maker Shed: This shed allows you to store the makers that you can
      purchase from the black smith.  Each maker costs 2000g and requires
      adimante from the third mine and three days to make.  They will increase
      the shipping value of your crops and animals produce or allow you to
      make seeds out of your crops.  You need the second house upgrade and an
      animal barn to purchase the maker shed.  Once the shed is built, you can
      buy makers from Gary.  They cost 20000g and require 5 days each to make.
      They also require a piece of adimante to construct from the third mine. 
      The maker's allow you to ship items for higher profits or cooking.  Then
      important one is the seed maker that allows you to upgrade your seed
      levels.  It requires 360 pieces of material.
      
      Material        provide your own       Buy it from Gotz
      fodder              5000g                10200g
      lumber              30000g               48000g
      stone               60000g               132000g
      gold lumber         600000g              36600000g
      
      Basement:  The basement allows you to grow crops out of season.  You
      need the appropriate seasons sun from the third mine to grow crops.  You
      also need the second house upgrade to purchase it.  I don't recommend
      building it out of anything but stone, because the losses of your crops
      will be devastating if it collapse.  The second and third basement will
      also be destroyed if the first falls. You need the second house upgrade
      before you can buy it. It requires 400 pieces of material and costs
      400000g to build from stone if you buy the material from Gotz.  The
      second and third upgrades each take 999 pieces of stone to buy and cost
      950,000g and 3,200,000g to build respectively.  They are the same as the
      first basement except they lack a watering hole.  Having more than one
      basement will allow you to grow more crops or crops from different
      seasons at the same time.    
      
      The Cottage:
      The cottage is a building that you can have constructed on the island
      once you buy it from Thomas.  See the glitches and secrets section about
      acquiring the island. The cottage is bear except for a bed and small
      table. You can spend the night there if you wish, but it really serves
      no other purpose other than making the island look nice.  The prices of
      constructing it are given below.  Thanks goes out to hiya_who_r_u for
      bringing it to my attention that this building was not in the guide and
      collecting the prices for me. The prices listed include the costs of the
      material purchased from gotz.  It takes 999 pieces of material to
      construct and two days to build.
      
      fodder      1020000g
      lumber      10050000g
      stone       20200000g
      g. lumber   300000000g
      
      I am now sure that all the buildings are included in the guide you can
      have a total of 28 if them in all.  Thanks to everyone who helped with
      this section of the guide.
      
      
      5. Unlocking Harvest Sprites
      ----------------------------------------
      
      The harvest sprites were sent to another world by the witch princess in
      order to look for the harvest goddess.  You can bring them back by doing
      various things on the farm and return them to your world.  Some of them
      require you to do a specific task several times while others just
      require you to stand examine a specific square.  Anyway you look at it,
      it takes a lot of work to get them all back.  It is rather unlikely that
      you will find them all, but you should try to return all of them that
      you can.  It takes 60 of them to find return the harvest goddess, and
      you have to find all of them in order to Mary her. 
      
      Additionally, the harvest sprites can help you work on your farm.  In
      order to get them to work, you need to go to their tree and talk to Guts
      their leader.  You can then hire a team to help you on your farm for a
      couple of day to do a specific task.  In order to hire a team, you need
      to have medals to exchange for their services.  You can buy medals from
      Roller at 10g each or you can gamble them up playing poker, black jack,
      or a memory game when you unlock the dealers for each of the game. 
      Roller also runs a shop that you can exchange medals for items and Jet
      runs a shop at the tree that sells some other useful nick knacks.  Also,
      the harvest sprites function at the new TV on the submenu with channels
      about everything you can learn about farming.  Overall, they are one of
      the main objectives of the game and make it a lot easier to play and
      enjoy.  Listed below are all the sprites we have found so far and what
      is needed to find them.  Let me know if anything is incorrect.
      
      I will be listing the harvest sprites by their team. You need to find 60
      harvest sprites to unlock the harvest goddess and some are easier than
      others.  
      
      A very special thanks goes out to ExpertatFF for the additional sprites
      he has provided.  I added a few more of my own. Thanks to everyone who
      contribute.  We now have them all.  
      
      Note: Examine means to push the A button while facing the edge of the
      indicated object.
      
      
      Casino/Store team
      
      Guts: Leader of harvest sprites in charge of hiring out groups.
      Unlock: He is around from the begging of the game.
      
      Jet:  He runs the store that sells various items in exchange for money.
      Unlock:  Examine the crate on the second floor of the inn where Van has
      his shop
      
      Roller:  Sells medals for money and exchanges medals for items
      Unlock: Cross the bridge to Vesta's farm on the 8th of spring.
      
      Jackie:  Keeps you from leaving the valley
      Unlock:  Try to leave the valley by taking the path leading to mineral
      town 
      
      Tep:  He is the Black Jack Dealer at the Casino
      Unlock:  Examine the chimney thing outside inner inn in the fenced off
      area 
      
      Jum:  He is the memory game dealer 
      Unlock:  Examine the front of the fountain in front of the villa.
      
      Hops: He is the poker dealer.  
      Unlock:  Examine the well next to the bar.
      
      Baby:  The white harvest sprite, he can be given gifts to up his
      affection towards you.
      Unlock: Examine the large pot to the left of the harvest sprite counter
      in the tree after you unlock 60 or more other harvest sprites.  
      
      TV Channel team
      
      Channel 1: Reports the next day's weather.
      Unlock: He is unlocked at the beginning of the game
      
      Channel 2: This is the TV shopping network.
      Unlock:  Buy at least one item from the supermarket every day for 10
      days.
      
      Channel 3: Gives you information about the harvest sprites
      Unlock:  Find 20 harvest sprites
      
      Channel 4: Gives you information about farming. 
      Unlock: ship out 300 of the same item (upper bound)or so I am not sure
      about the exact number.
      
      Channel 5: Allows you to change background music
      Unlock: Buy five records
      
      Channel 6: Tells you about festivals coming up during the season
      Unlock : go to three festivals 
      
      Channel 7: This shows a variety of shows that can be useful for finding
      recipes and other things 
      Unlock: Get 100 friendship points with one person in town.
      
      Channel 8: This channel has tutorials about how to play the game.
      Unlock:  The channel is unlocked when the game begins. 
      
      Channel 9: It is a quiz show supposedly.
      Unlock:  Ship 100,000 of the same item.  
      
      Animal Team
      This team brushes and feeds your animals.  From here on, I am just going
      to list their names and how to unlock them.
      
      Red Ribbon:  Have 10 adult cows
      Woody:  Ship 300 animal products
      Liane: Ship 500 animal products
      Essa: Ship 1000 animal produce
      Betty: Shear a sheep 100 times with the touch panel gloves.
      Chamy: Sheer a sheep 300 times with the touch panel gloves
      Ole: Sheer a sheep 700 times with the touch panel gloves
      Sue: Milk a cow with the touch gloves 100 times
      Magic: Milk a cow  300 times with the touch gloves 
      Bali: Milk a cow 700 times with the touch panel gloves
      Mick: Have 10 chickens or ducks 
      Woohoo: have 20 chickens or ducks
      
      Harvest team: Collects resources on a specific area.
      
      Oran: Give Thomas what he wants when he gives you his winter request for
      an item.  It triggers a cute cut scene
      Bran: Cut 100 pieces of wood
      Decoy: Cut 250 pieces of wood
      Woody: Cut 500 pieces of wood
      Piere: Bread several stumps between 15 - 20
      Tilus: gather 100 stone
      Stony: gather 250 stone
      Rosh: gather 500 stone
      Alpen: Break 5-7 boulders
      Rocky: Break 15-20 boulders
      Valie: Use the Mystrile Axe once  
      Fen: Have the cursed hammer blessed
      
      
      Animal Team Brush and Pet's Animals 
      Canary: Have your sheep or cows give birth 15 times.
      For the next few sprits, you need to pet, throw, or talk to your animals
      without the touch panel gloves X times.  Referred to as happy up animals
      from here on out.
      Kali: Happy up animals 50 times
      Johnny: Happy up animals 350 times
      Brushy: Happy up animals 900 times
      Mouton: Pet your pets with the touch gloves 50 times
      Boohoo: Pet your pets with the touch gloves 100 times  
      Canal: Pet your animals with the touch gloves 300 times
      Meow: Pet your animals with the touch gloves 500 times
      Beta: Wash your animals with the touch gloves 50 times
      Aiylee: Wash your animals with the touch gloves 100 times
      Pompon: Wash your animals with the touche gloves 300 times
      Zoo: Wash your animals with the touch gloves 500 times
      
      Harvest Team: Harvest crops and wild plants
      Forest: Use the mystrile sickle once
      Fraw: Ship around 1000 items
      Ridge: Ship around 5000 items
      Ali: Ship 10000 items
      Cady: Ship 30000 items
      Paddy: Ship 500 items
      Veggie: Put something into your basket
      Kevin: ship an item using the horse
      Kamar: ship some cabbage 
      Moor: Ship pineapples
      Vail: ship some peppers
      Mathew: Have the cursed sickle blessed
      
      Fishing team: Catches and ships fish.
      Blue: Fish in the hot springs near the circus *
      Rod: Fish in the hot springs near the goddess spring *
      Poolo: catch 50 fish **
      Fry: catch 500 fish **
      Paige: catch 1,000 fish **
      Gigi: catch 5,000 fish **
      Reese: catch 10,000 fish **
      Tricky: catch 50,000 fish **
      Sammy: have cursed rod blessed
      Fisher: use the mystrile fishing rod
      Yacht: fish in farms pond
      Fisher: Use the mystrile fishing pole
      Riveriara: Fish in your farms watering hole 
      
      *See FAQ to see how to unlock the two springs
      
      ** You can have the fishing team catch the required number of fish for
      you. In fact, it would be nearly impossible to get the larger numbers
      without them.  You still need to catch the final fish at each bench mark
      yourself to unlock the sprite.
      
      Heal team: recovers stamina.  To use them, use up all of your stamina
      and talk to them.  Then will recharge a little of it.  
      Violette: Use the hot springs by the circus 200 **
      Nette: Use the heal team 100 times *
      Whitney: Use the heal team 500 times *
      Juna: Use the heal team 750 times *
      Sante: Use the heal team 1000 times *
      Anime: Eat 30 pieces of colored grass
      Powery: Eat 80 pieces of colored grass
      Whitney: Eat 150 pieces of colored grass
      koto: Buy something to drink at blue bar 
      Souly: Have 50 drinks at blue bar
      Carrie: Use the hot springs near the goddess pond 200 times **
      Sacci: Use the hot springs near the goddess pond 500 times **
      
      * Use the healing team means to have them restore your stamina.
      **Each use of the hot springs must be at least an hour in length. 
      
      
      Watering Team: waters your crops.
      
      Choriori: Water 1000 squares of crops personally.
      Walter: Water around 5000 squares.  
      Rainy: water 10,000 squares
      Joro: water 30,000 squares
      Patty: water 50,000 squares
      Misty: Fill up the watering can somewhere between 9 and 12 times 
      Roli: Use the Mystrile watering can
      Maddie: Have the cursed watering can blessed
      Karaf: Examine your watering hole  
      Ceruleano, Eviran and Owen: You apparently need to water a random square
      someplace in the valley.  The mythic watering can help with this.
      
      Well, now we have all of the sprites listed here.  I had quite a few
      emails that just game me one sprite.  The major contributor is listed
      above, but I am trying to get the guide out in an expedient fashion. 
      Not everyone who contributed is listed here or in the thanks and
      acknowledgement section.  I didn't have time to sift through 700 emails
      looking for the names this time.  Rest assured your contributions were
      appreciated and I will have your names here in the next update.  Thanks
      again to everyone who contributed to making this section a success.
      
      
      6.  The Harvest Sprite Casino and Medal System
      ----------------------------------------------
      
      I was originally going to make this section part of the harvest sprites
      section. But the more I thought about it, the more that it seemed to
      require its own section.  A special thanks goes out to Andrew who
      inspired this section with a lengthy email that he sent me.  The email
      points out that this is another way to make money quickly early in the
      game.  However, I have tried it and I have found that digging through
      the second mine will yield a better profit in the long run.  The tricks
      mentioned here can generate about half a million gold in two to three
      hours worth of work off of dumb luck.  A run of the mine stopping at
      every floor divisible by three or five will yield 8 to 9 hundred
      thousand gold.  But, this is another option.  
      
      However, I do like the idea of adding a section discussing the sprite
      casino and medals.  But I want to take a more structured and complete
      approach than the email outlined.  I am using some of the information
      from Andrew's email here, but I am going to add some more of my own
      thoughts and format to the plan here.  So, here we go.  
      
      Harvest moon DS takes quite a bit from the system that was developed and
      introduced in mineral town.  One of the items that made mineral town so
      popular was the fact that the harvest sprites could help you work on
      your farm.  Hiring the harvest sprites in mineral town allowed you to
      increase the productivity of your farm by not having to do all the work
      yourself.  The sprites could do work faster and more efficiently that
      your character could.  They could also get to places you couldn't, for
      example they can pick crops in the center of a formation without cutting
      one of the plants down to reach them.  This meant that you wouldn't have
      to sacrifice a plant on crops that regrow.  Well, the harvest sprites
      are back and better than ever, but there were quite a few changes to the
      system.  This section is going to go through them.  
      
      Well, the first major change begins with the number of harvest sprites
      available in the game.  Mineral town had only seven that could perform
      one of three jobs. Harvest Moon DS has quite a few more at 101 possible
      sprites and they can serve even more functions in this game.  But, the
      system you use to hire them is a little different this time around. 
      First, there are several teams of twelve sprites each that perform a
      specific task and this time you need to unlock them by doing various
      activities on your farm and around the valley.  A compiled list of the
      tasks is in the previous section for several of the sprites. Also, this
      time you need to pay the harvest sprite teams with medals that you can
      buy or win at the tree where they live.  The price depends on the number
      of days you want to hire them for and which team you hire. The
      experience system for increasing a sprite's productivity is still in
      place.  A harvest sprite will become more proficient at their job as
      they perform it over time.  
      
      The new harvest sprite hiring system is based on a currency of medals. 
      You can obtain medals either by buying them from roller or winning them
      at the casino.  Medals cost 10g each, but it is easier to win them if
      you are patient.  Once you have medals purchased, you can go choose a
      team to hire by talking to Guts in the front lobby of the tree.  You can
      only hire one team at a time and you cannot hire a team until you have
      unlocked at least one sprite from the team.  This means that you cannot
      distribute the work load as easily as you could in mineral town between
      the sprites, so choose which team you want to hire carefully and plan on
      doing the rest of the work yourself.  The sprites have a lot more
      diversity in the jobs they can do in Harvest Moon DS, but they can only
      do one job at a time.  Not all of the sprites can work on your farm. 
      Some of them work in the casino and serve as the TV station hosts.  Guts
      hires out the teams and Jet also runs a small store in the tree next to
      guts where you can buy several accessories and the records for the fifth
      channel. The items and their prices can be found in their respective
      sections in this guide.   I will have the accessories section up
      hopefully in the next update.  
      
      The Teams:
      
      There are a total of 7 different teams of harvest sprites you can hire
      to work on your farm.  The cost of hiring each team varies and you can
      only hire one team at a time.  I have grouped their unlocking
      requirements in the previous section by team.  However, I want to give a
      more detailed explanation of how each team functions here.  Note, the
      harvest sprites will no longer work on festival days.
      
      Healing Team (purple):
      
      The healing team is useful if you need to recover stamina and fatigue
      and don't have the hot springs unlocked or have the funding to purchase
      bodygizer and turbojolt.  To use them, hire the team from Guts and
      select an area on the map.  Go to that area and you will find them
      standing in a central location in that area.  Speak to one of them and
      they will tell you that they can heal you by 10%.  Then they will
      restore 10 points of stamina and fatigue.  You can use them multiple
      time in one day.  You just need to wait a game minutes for their powers
      to recharge.  The more experience they have, the quicker their powers
      will recharge.  If you have quite a few of them, it is possible to get
      healed multiple times without waiting.  Just talk to different ones.  
      
      Harvest Team (Green):  
      
      The harvest team does just what their name implies.  The go around the
      map and harvest items that can be shipped.  The will collect wild
      foraging items like colored grass as well as any ripe crops you have in
      the selected area.  The will begin the first area you selected and then
      move on to the next area after they finish with the first one.  They
      start out only able to handle a few bags of crops each, but as their
      experience increases, they can handle more and more crops.  They are
      essential to making a large profit from shipping out crops.  
      
      Animal Feeding and Collecting Team Red.:
      
      There are two teams that can take care of the animals in harvest moon
      DS.  This team feeds your animals and collects and ships anything that
      they produce that is ready to ship.  They are helpful if your animals
      are happy and you have a lot of them.  You can select different spaces,
      but since all of your animals are on your farm you will likely be
      selecting there more often than not.  
      
      Animal Brush and Pet Team (Yellow):
      
      This is the second animal team.  They will brush and pet your animals
      each once a day.  They are useful if you need to raise the affection
      level of your animals without tending to them yourself.  Be careful
      though.  You still need to feed your animals and collect their products
      yourself if you hire this team to work for you.
      
      Collection Team (orange): 
      
      When you hire the collection team, they will go to the area's you
      selected on the map starting with the first area you picked.  Their
      purpose is to collect the fodder, lumber, and stone locate in those
      positions on the map.  They will clean an area out and move onto the
      next area.  The amount of material they can collect depends on their
      experience.  They are useful if you don't have the time or stamina to
      collect building materials yourself.
      
      Watering Team (Light Blue):
      
      The purpose of the watering team is to have them water your crops.  They
      can handle multiple areas of the map and follow the same progression as
      the harvest team.  The amount of crops they can water is dependent on
      their experience.  The more they have the more crops they can water. 
      They are helpful when you want to conserve stamina on watering crops. 
      You can hire them intermittently with the harvesting team to make
      efficient work of harvesting your crops.  
      
      
      Fishing Team (Deep Blue):  
      
      The fishing team collects and ships fish from the area you select on the
      map.  They are useful if you want to expand your list of the fish in the
      game and they allow you to make a profit just by hiring them.  You will
      want to spread their area's out from week to week as you hire them to
      catch different types of fish.  The level and number of fish each sprite
      will catch and ship increases as they gain experience.  You will notice
      that they require a good number of fish to unlock.   You can hire the
      team to gather the fish for you, but you need to catch the last fish in
      each interval yourself to unlock the next sprite.  For example, if you
      wanted to unlock the 1000 fish sprite, even if the team caught 2500
      fish, you would still need to get 2501 your self to unlock the next
      sprite.  You can only unlock one sprite per fish you catch, so if you
      need to unlock two sprites you will need to catch 2 fish yourself.  
      
      
      
      Medals and the Casino:
      
      The new system for hiring the sprites works on medals rather than giving
      them gifts and razing their affection like in mineral town.  You can buy
      medals directly from Roller for 10g each or you can win them from the
      casino games.  Note, you must unlock Roller and each of the dealers
      before you can play their specific games.  Roller also runs a small
      store where you can exchange medals for seeds, accessories, and some
      pamphlets that reveal some of the recipes and the shipping prices of the
      level 1 crops.  A summary of the games is give below. 
      
      Poker: Dealer Hops:
      
      There are three games that you can gamble medals at and poker is the
      first from the left.  You need to unlock Hops before you can play poker. 
      To begin the game, speak to Hops and select play poker.  Then select the
      number of medals you want to bet by using up and down on the control
      pad.  You can bet between one and 10 medals on each game per hand.  Once
      you place you bet, push the A button to begin the hand.  You will be
      dealt five cards to make your starting poker hand.  The deck consists of
      52 normal cards and one wild card joker.  You will win medals on a pair
      or better.  After the cards are dealt, the game will highlight a winning
      hand if you have one, at this point you can discard any of the cards and
      draw more.  The joker is a wild card and can serve as any card in the
      deck.  The payouts are as follows:
      
      one pair: break even
      two pairs: 2 to 1 
      three of kind: 3 to 1
      straight: 5 to 1
      flush: 10 to 1 
      full house: 20 to 1
      4 of a kind: 50 to 1
      straight flush: 100 to 1 
      royal flush: 100 to 1
      
      Note: N to one means you win N time your bet. I.E. 2 to 1 means you win
      twice your bet.
      
      If you get a winning hand, you can play another minigame to go for
      double or nothing or pocket your winnings.  The strategy you want to use
      is pretty simple.  First, if you have a winning hand, i.e. a pair or
      better on the start keep the winning hand and redraw the rest.  If you
      don't have a winning hand, look at your cards and try to get one.  It's
      tempting to hold the hire cards, but don't.  A pair is a pair and Aces
      have the same pay out as a pair of twos.  You want to look either for
      cards that are connected for a straight or save whatever suit you have
      the most cards in the go after a flush.  If you have the same number of
      each, go after the straight because it has a higher probability of
      coming up than the flush.  This is a mathematical fact.  The straight
      will come up 3:2 roughly over the flush.  
      
      Black Jack: Dealer Tep:
      
      Black jack is a simple casino game where you try to get as close to 21
      as you can with cards.  You have two options, you can either hit and
      draw another card or stand and keep your current total.  Your goal is to
      get closer to 21 than the dealer without going over.  Number cards are
      worth their face value and face cards are worth 10.  An ace is worth 11
      unless it would put you over 21 in which case it is worth one.  The
      dealer plays the same rules as real casinos, which means that it stops
      drawing cards when its score is 17 or higher.  The strategy is simpler
      really, you want to hit until you have 16 or more.  When you pass that
      mark, the probability is that you will more likely bust than hit under
      21.  Black jack pays 2:1
      
      Memory: Dealer Jum:
      
      Memory is just like the game we all played as kids where their are a
      bunch of face down cards and you try to find matching pairs turning two
      cards over at a time.  You can see what your opponent turns over, so if
      you match a card you can find its partner from memory hence the name of
      the game.  You and the computer alternate turns turning over two cards
      at a time.  If you get a pair you get another turn until you miss. 
      Whoever has the most pairs wins.  The computer uses a simple strategy. 
      First, it turns over a random new card.  Then if it know where the match
      is it will take it and repeat this process.  Otherwise it will choose a
      second random new card and try to get luck.  You should follow the same
      plan of action.  It will sometimes give you the option of who goes
      first.  Your odds are better if you go second.  Just trust me here, the
      mathematical proof is too long for this guide and is over most people's
      head to begin with.  
      
      Double or nothing games:
      
      If you win the first of the three games, you have the option of trying
      to go for double or nothing as part of two minigames.  They are listed
      below.
      
      
      High Low Draw:
      
      This game begins by showing you two cards, one face up and one face
      down.  You goal is to decide whether the face down card is higher,
      lower, or the same as the face up card.  If you select correctly, you
      will get double the medals you have won so far.  If you select
      incorrectly, you will lose all the medals you have one for the hand.
      Just pick the side of the card that has the greatest odds of winning. 
      9-A choose low, 2-7 choose high and the 8, go with your gut.  This game
      is the better choice for the double up. 
      
      High Draw:
      
      This game is another double up minigame.  Its pretty simple, you are
      shown one face up card and 4 face down cards.  You then try to pick a
      down card that is higher than the face up card.  The number of winning
      cards depends on the size of the card face up.  You will lose
      automatically if an Ace comes up and you don't get an Ace in the draw
      cards.  The other game is easier because you always have a chance to
      win.
      
      Okay, now that each of the games are outlined here, it's time to explain
      the best strategy for making medals.  To start with, you cannot win all
      that many medals for just betting 10 and winning a minigame.  To make a
      great deal of medals, you need to play the double up game and win
      several times in a row.  To begin with, but about 100 medals and save
      your game.  If you run out of medals, just reload your game and start
      over.  This way you won't have to worry about buying medals again.  The
      following strategy is based on Andrew's Contribution and partially on my
      own experience working with this idea mathematically and trial and
      error.  Thanks for the idea Andrew.  
      
      Alright, I am going to give some of the actual odds of winning.  You can
      verify these by doing some high level math.  I have and you can take my
      word for them.  I did this a while ago, so I can guarantee these are
      within about two percent.  Start playing poker!  The help on the game
      boy and the strategy above will show you what to do.  If you play black
      jack, using any strategy and the computer follows the Vegas casino
      style, you will only win 44% of the time in the first place.  There are
      several good books on the market that explain this probability well. 
      Playing the memory game, you will win about 52% of the time if you go
      second and 48% if the computer makes you go first.  Again, this is a
      simple problem but it involves a probability matrix that I don't want to
      explain here.  However, with a joker in the deck, the odds of you
      getting a pair or better without drawing cards is 58% roughly and if you
      follow the strategy above, the odds of winning are about 66%.  You
      should always bet 10 medals, the goal is to get to the high low double
      up game.  Also, look at the payouts above, black jack will always pay 20
      medals and memory will pay 100 at most.  However, Poker can outdo these
      payoffs quite a bit by hitting 4 of a kind or better.  So, clearly poker
      is the best choice.  
      
      Okay, once you get to the double or nothing game, you want to start
      playing the high low double up several times in a row.  By winning
      several times in a row at the double up, you can quickly earn a good
      deal of medals.  4 wins in a row will yield at least 160 medals and
      about 7 will yield a 1000 medals or more.  If you have more patience,
      you can win even more medals into the upper thousands, but keep in mind
      the odds of you getting more than three right in a row are less than 50%
      The point where you choose to stop is up to you.  I usually stop if I
      win a thousand or more.  Save each time you win a bunch, so you don't
      risk a major set back. You will likely have to play between 25 and 30
      hands of poker to win 1000 medals, but this will only take a few minutes
      and can save you a lot of money in the long run.  Andrew made an
      interesting point in his email.  If you have the patience to put
      together 65000 medals, Roller has the animal cape accessory that he
      sells.  You can buy it and sell it to van for more than half a million
      dollars.  You can then repeat this process by buying more cloaks to make
      more money.  Either way this is a very efficient way to get medals.  It
      takes a little trial and error to get the hang of, but I doubt you'll
      want to buy medals ever again after you figure it out.  
      
      Just another useful side note, while this trick is profitable and does
      work.  It is time consuming and relies heavily on luck to make money. 
      If you are willing to win the double up 17 times in a row, you can buy
      the cloak outright, but this is risky and terribly taxing on patience. 
      It takes several hours to get that lucky usually.  I have only been able
      to do it once.  I still recommend the mine trick over this route to make
      easy money.  While it takes a little longer, it is garneted to work and
      if you stop on every floor divisible by 3 and 5 it will usually yield
      between 800,000g and 1,200,000g per run. More than double the money from
      this trick.  Still, it is a good alternative if you hate digging in the
      mine.  Thanks again for the trick Andrew.  
      
      
      
      
      7. Mining
      ----------------------------
      I think it was about time that I put in a section on mining with mining
      trick in the ministart up guide below.  Be sure to take plenty of
      provisions with you into the larger mines.  They are perilous, and
      without supplies you will find yourself required to return to the
      surface or collapsing from being out of stamina.  
      
      Harvest Moon DS is home to a number of different mines each containing a
      different materials.  There are four mines in all. Each of the mine
      entrances are located at the dig site, however you cannot enter the
      until you trigger an small event with carter to open them.  In order to
      view this event, you need to go to the dig site between 9 and 11 pm on
      any game day other than a festival. All you need to do is walk into the
      dig site during the appointed time and make sure you have your hammer
      with you. Carter will greet you and tell you that he has found a hollow
      space behind the wall and asks to borrow you to use your hammer to open
      it.  You will then go to the back wall and open the passage way to each
      mine with you hammer.  Note, you can only open one mine per day and you
      have to meet specific requirements to open each of the other mines.  I
      will comment on each of the mines below.
      
      There are some similarities between the mines, but there are specific
      items that are unique to each of the mines including the ores found and
      some of the items found in the ground.  The digging mechanics are the
      same for all the mines.  You can dig in the rocks for the different ores
      with your hammer, and you can till the soil on the floor with your hoe. 
      Regardless of the level of your tools, each use of the tool will only
      allow you to open one space or break one stone.  Once you break a stone,
      open or dig on the ground, you might find an item or an ore that you can
      store in your runk sack, eat, or throw if you don't want it.  When you
      break rocks with the hammer, you can find nothing or some type of stone. 
      Stones vary by each mine, except junk ore that looks like three gray
      lumps.  This is a worthless stone that is found in all the mines that
      sells for 1g.   
      
      When you dig around with the hoe, there are a number of things that you
      can find.   The first and most common is that you won't find anything
      and you will need to continue looking.  Next, you can find a bag of gold
      which is worth a small random amount of money.  You can also find black
      grass which can be eaten to restore a small amount stamina and fatigue
      or can be shipped to ship later. You can also retrieve cursed tools and
      accessories located on specific floors on the third mine.  I will talk
      about these below. However, the two primary things you are looking for
      with the hoe are the stairs or holes in the floor.  A set of stair will
      allow you to descend on floor lower into the mine.  The upward stairs
      allow you to return to the surface of the mine at any time.  Just walk
      over them and select the return to surface option.  The holes will drop
      you a random number of floors lower into the mine.  The distance of the
      fall depends on which mine your in and random luck.  You will lose
      stamina from the fall, however, if you have at least one point of
      stamina remaining, you won't lose any fatigue from a fall.
      
      Thanks to the new runk sacks size and stackability, mining can be a very
      profitable career option.  Especially in the second mine.  Use the
      following sequence of moves to find whatever you are looking for on the
      current floor.  When you first arrive on a floor, save the game on the
      first diary.  Next, kill any of the monsters on the floor (see below.) 
      The dig up the floor using the hammer  and hoe and memorize where
      anything that you are looking for is located.  Next, reload the game and
      gather any of the valuable items on the floor and leave the rest.  Also,
      it's important to make sure you know the location of the way onward
      before you proceed.  Then, open the way onward and save on the second
      file.  Then you want to go down to the next floor and save the file in
      the first diary.  Then repeat this process on the next floor.  You can
      also continuously load the first file if you are unhappy with where a
      hole drops you to.  By reloading the file, you can control you decent
      with quite a bit more accuracy and more speed than digging up the stairs
      on each floor.  
      
      Fighting:
      New and unique to harvest moon DS is the enemies that live in the mines.
      There is finally some fighting to be done in a harvest moon game, yeah. 
      Well, not really, all the enemies really do is get in the way and
      deplete your stamina.  Each time an enemy touches you will lose one
      point of your stamina or fatigue if your stamina is depleted.  You can
      defeat any of the enemies by hitting them repeatedly with the sickle,
      axe, hoe, hammer or the legendary sword.  The sword works the best,
      defeating enemies in few hits than the other tools, but it also uses
      more stamina than the other tools. The others all do the same damage,
      but the sickle swings the fastest and is probably the second best choice
      for a weapon.  Listed below are some of the many enemies in the game. 
      "hits", represents the number of times you need to strike an enemy with
      a tool to defeat it.  The sword will deliver equivalent damage of three
      hits with another tool.  
      
      Bugs:  Bugs come in different varieties and are located in the second
      and third mine.  They move back and fourth across the floor in a strait
      line either horizontally or vertically.  Killing them is optional,
      because they are actually quite easy to dodge if your patient with them. 
      
      
      Small Bug: moves horizontally, hits 1
      Big Bug: moves vertically, hits 1
      
      Animals: There are several musters that are basically dark versions of
      the animals you can raise on your farm.  Unlike the bugs, they are
      difficult to evade and you will likely have to kill all of them. They
      move in a strait line towards you taking the shortest available path. 
      If you run around for a little while, it is possible to get them to
      follow you in a group.  That way, you can conserve energy by hitting
      several of them simultaneously with the big hoe.  They are listed below. 
      They all move in the same way, the stronger ones tent to move faster
      than the smaller ones.  Keep this in mind when trying to group them
      together.  
      
      Dark Chick: hits 1
      Dark Chicken: hits 2 to 3
      Dark Duck: hits 3 to 4
      Dark Sheep: hits 3 to 5
      Dark Cows: hits 4 to 6
      
      Individual mines:
      
      Dig Site: 
      
      Okay, its technically not a mine, but this is the best place for it.  It
      is the room located to the right of Carter's tent where you unlock all
      of the entrances to the mines.  You can dig up items here with the hoe
      to ship or use as gifts.  Digging her is the same as the mine.  You can
      save and dig up the floor to find the items.  Then you can load the game
      and dig from memory to conserve stamina.  The floor reradomizes itself
      each time you enter and leave the mine. It's a good place to make a
      little money when you are first starting out in the game.  Listed below
      are the available items you can find and sell.
      
      Item:                price
      -----------------------------
      Suntan lotion         43g
      Skin lotion           40g
      Face pack             47g
      Dress                 50g
      Bracelet              2000g
      Necklace              2000g
      Earrings              2000g
      Broach                2000g 
      
      
      1st Mine: 
      
      The first mine has no requirements to unlock other than viewing the cut
      scene with Carter.  It is the shortest of the mines having only 10
      floors and it contains the ores needed to upgrade your iron tools to
      levels between copper and mystrile.  It also contains junk ore, the
      black grass, and the bags of gold.  The mine has both stairs and holes
      that you can use to descend.  A hole will descend one floor in this
      mine.  There are no enemies located in this mine accept the one dark
      chick located on the 10th floor.  You need to defeated it in order to
      open the second mine.  
      
      Items:       floors          price
      -------------------------------------
      junk ore:      any           1g
      copper ore:    any           15g
      silver ore:    3 and down    20g
      gold ore:      6 and down    25g
      mystrile:      10th floor    60g
      black grass:   any           10g
      bag of money:  any          10g-100g
      
      2nd Mine:
      
      The second mine is the equivalent of the winter mine in mineral town. 
      It contains some of the most valuable stones in the game and is the
      source of income in the quick start guide.  To open the second mine, you
      need to dig your way down the 10th floor of the first mine and defeat
      the dark chick there.  You also need to trigger the event above with
      Carter a second time.  The second mine is home to all the dark bugs and
      also the dark chicks and chickens.  So, fighting is a little more
      cooperative here.  The second mine is home to the most valuable selling
      gems in the game.  The mine has 255 floors this time and a hole can drop
      you anywhere between 1 and 10 floors deeper into the mine.  Descending
      takes a little more patience and control than in the first mine, but not
      all that much.  Use the above trick and it is pretty easy to manage. 
      
      The floors in the second mine vary in size based on their numerical
      values.  Most of the floors are a fixed size one screen in size.  These
      are easy to search, but most the valuable items are located on the
      larger floors.  The next size floor are horizontally the same as the
      first floors, but they are three times the vertical size.  They are any
      floors divisible by 3 such as 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, ect.  A valuable pink
      diamond or more is located on each of these floor greater than 100.  The
      ones greater than 200 can have as many as four of them.  The final floor
      size is huge and about 9 times the size of the smallest ones.  These
      occur on floors divisible by 10, i.e. 10, 20, 30, ..., 100, 110, ect. 
      These floors contain alexandrite, which is another high selling item. 
      They can have multiples of them.  
      
      The final feature worth noting about the second mine is the final bottom
      floor.  It is home to the maiden and the legendary sword.  When you
      arrive, you need to kill all of the enemies on the floor with any tool
      you have.  Once you defeat all of them, the big rock at the top of the
      screen will open leading you into the room containing the maiden.  The
      first time you enter her room, she will give you the legendary sword. 
      It is a tool you need in order to open the secret field behind the
      waterfall.  You also need to retrieve it in order to open the third
      mine.  Note, div means floor divisible by.
      
      Items:      floor       price
      --------------------------------
      Ruby:       any         75g  
      Emerald:    any         80g
      Topaz:      any         70g 
      Peridot:    any         68g
      Agate:      any         62g
      Amethyst:   any         60g
      Agate:      any         32g
      Firefly ST: varies      60g  
      moon stone: any         55g
      sand rose:  any         50g
      Diamond     101 and up  100g
      pink diamond div 3 >100  10000g
      Alexandrite div 10 >100 10000g
      
      
      3rd mine:
      The third mine is not as profitable as the second mine, but it is home
      to some of the most valuable items in the game.  In order to open the
      third mine, you must retrieve the sword from the second mine on the
      255th floor as well as triggering the event with Carter a third time. 
      The third mine had 999 floors and dropping through a hole will lower you
      between 1 and 100 floors at a time.  Be careful, because you can pass
      out from a long drop if you stamina is low or your fatigue is high.  The
      third mine has the same enemies as the second, with the addition of the
      dark ducks, cows and sheep.  It also has a stronger version of the bugs
      on the lower floors.  The floors in the third mine differ by depth
      rather than divisibility.  The first 300 are the small one screen size. 
      The floor 301 to 990 are the long vertical rooms like the 3 divisible
      rooms in the second mine. Finally, the last few floors are the largest
      size available such as the divisible by 10 floors in the second mine.  
      
      The third mine is not home to very profitable selling ores like the
      second, but it is home to the cursed tools and accessories and the
      valuable mythic stones need to upgrade the blesses tools.  Mine three
      also contains the adimante needed to make the makers.  Simply collect a
      piece of it and call the black smith to have a maker produced.  They all
      cost 20,000g and take 3 days to produce.   They can help you increase
      your profits greatly.  You need to build a maker shed in order to
      purchase the makers.  The third mine also contains all of the ores from
      the first mine, and they can be found on any floor.  It also has the
      suns needed to grow crops in your basement. 
      
      Items:      floor                price
      -----------------------------------------
      Admit        any                   50g
      Oricalco     any                   50g
      Spring Sun:  floors ending in 1    1g
      Summer Sun:  floors ending in 2    1g
      Fall Sun:    floors ending in 3    1g
      Winter Sun:  floors ending in 4    1g
      Mythic Stone: div 10 <250          20000g
      
      Note: The mythic stones are much scarcer than the pink diamonds and
      alexandrite in the second mine.  So, its better to go to the second mine
      if you want money.  The mythic stones are required to upgrade the
      blessed tools to the mythic level.  Doing so, costs 50,000g and requires
      3 days from the black smiths shop. The mythic stones will not appear
      until you have all six of the cursed tools blessed.
      
      Cursed Tools:
      There is a set of cursed tools located on the early floors of the third
      mine.  To find them, you need to dig them up with the hoe like your
      looking for the stairs.  You will often have to dig up rocks and plow
      under them to find them.  The cursed tools won't appear until you have
      upgraded all your iron tools to the mystrile level.  The floors they
      appear on are random and it can take some time to find them. Be careful
      when you find them, if you equip them you cannot remove them without the
      aid of the church, which costs 1000g each time you wish to remove them. 
      You can get them blessed for 100000g each by calling the church as well.
      Blessing a cured tool removes the curse and turns it into a blessed
      tool. 
      We now have all the floors to the cursed tools and accessories.  Thanks
      for the info Bryan Ng
      
      The cursed tools are located randomly on floors: 24, 35, 48, 52, 68, 71,
      87, 99, 106, 118, 124, 135, 142, 153, 162, 178, 185, and 197.  Try
      alternating every other floor while you search to find the tools with a
      higher probability.
      
      Cursed accessories.  
      
      There are several cursed accessories located in the third mine.  They
      are found and blessed in the same mannerism as the cursed tools.  Again
      thanks Bryan NG.  The accessories are located on floors: 324, 335, 348,
      352, 368, 371, 387, 399, 406, 418, 424, 435, 442, 453, 462, 478, 485,
      497, 724, 735, 748, 752, 768, 771, 787, 799, 806, 818, 824, 835, 842,
      853, 862, 878, 885, and 897.  The nine of them are randomly distributed
      among all these floors, so finding them will take some time.  
      
      4th mine: 
      
      Well, it has been quite a while and I am finally getting around to
      talking about the 4th and final mine in the game.  The beast is here if
      you have the strength and determination to attempt the most complex
      labyrinth in any game ever released! Ha Ha Ha Ha !!!!!!!
      
      
      Okay, now that I got that out of my system lets get down to the fourth
      mine in practical terms.  The first thing to mention about it is that it
      is quite difficult to open, but I finally managed to with a little help
      from      mbruns2 who brought a requirement to my attention.  In order to
      enter the 4th mine you must complete 4 requirements.  First, you must
      dig all the way down to the bottom of the third mine and clean out the
      bottom floor of enemies.  Gee, this is sounding a little familiar by
      now.  The second thing you need to do is dig all the way down again to
      the 255 floor of the third mine and clear out all the enemies there as
      well.  This will allow you to enter Keria's room where you must trigger
      her heart event by giving her ultimate curry (see recipe section for the
      recipe.) Finally, you need to trigger the mine unlocking event with
      Carter late at night or early in the morning as always.  That is a lot
      of work for the little bit you get out of the 4th mine in the game.
      
      Okay, now you have it open, so what do you do with it?  The 4th mine is
      similar in structure to the last three with several major changes.  The
      first major change is that the mine contains 65535 floors.  The largest
      number a standard integer will hold on a computer 2^8 -1 = 65535 because
      you have floor 0.  Also, you will notice when you get a lot lower into
      the mine that the floors are much larger that they have been in any of
      the other mines.  For example, one of the lower floor I entered was 10
      time the size of the floor at the bottom of the third mine.  Really, the
      4th mine is very similar to the first 3, but it is just a much larger
      scale area to explore.  The rewards are not as great as you think they
      are and the hardships to get them are very difficult as I will describe
      later in this section.  But, there is one very important reason for
      running the 4th mine.  "BECAUSE IT'S THERE"
      
      Fighting: 
      
      The combat mechanics are the same as in the third mine as for fighting
      enemies.  However, you should be aware that there are more enemies in
      the mine and they are stronger and more powerful than in the first 3 of
      them.  The dark cows and sheep you faced in the bottom of the third mine
      are quite prevalent on certain floors in the mine and there are a few
      new enemies to watch out for.  The first is a new type of but who is
      much stronger than the previous ones.  The second is the dark hero's,
      which are a dark copy of your character who appear on every floor
      divisible by 100.  The each require about 10 to 25 hits of the sickle to
      kill.  They get stronger as you get deeper into the mine.  Be prepared
      to fight for your life to stay alive. The turn off the power and load
      the game trick to kill the enemies can help but consumes a great deal of
      time. 
      
      Traversing and Searching the mine:
      
      Digging down through the mine and looking for the good stuff is done in
      the same mannerism as it is in the other mines.  Dig down to a floor;
      save your game; clear out the floor; remember where things are; load
      your game; collect the good stuff and move onward.  However, there are a
      few new thing you need to be aware of.  First, the holes can drop you up
      to 300 floor at once this time.  So, aiming your destination can be
      frustrating and time consuming if you want a specific floor.  Also note
      that a deep drop will quick drain your stamina and fatigue and you will
      be under attack almost instantly when you arrive.  You need to keep a
      large stock of healing supplies handy and not be afraid to use them. 
      Also note, that the floor sizes are quite large at some points in the
      mine, so exploring them takes a while.  
      
      Rewards and Secrets of the Mine:
      
      The mine is a lot of work and expense for the few rewards that it
      offers.  However, there are a few things here that cannot be found
      anywhere else in the game.  The first secret I need to reveal is that on
      any floor ending in 00 (i.e. 100, 1000, 15500, 22600,ect) if you kill
      all the enemies on the floor, Mayor Thomas will appear.  He will offer
      to sell you restorative items at exuberant prices.  However, you will
      need to buy them at some point if you want to seriously reach the bottom
      floor of the mine.  You can also find many of the gemstones and ores
      located throughout the other mines in the game.  However, these are not
      the primary reward.
      
      The fourth mine is home to a unique collection of 9 magical balls.  Can
      you say Natsume ripped off DBZ.  Anyway, if you collect all nine of the
      balls you get a special reward. You can only have one of each of the
      balls at any given time. Each type of ball is found in the rocks on
      specifically numbered floors.  The first ball can be found in rocks on
      floors ending in 10.  The second on floors ending in 20. The third on
      floors ending in 30. 4 on 40, 5 on 50 . . . 9 on 90's.  You get the
      idea.  Note that a ball appearing is not always guaranteed. It is random
      just like the cursed tools and mythic stones.  So, it can take a while
      to collect a complete set.  
      
      When you find the 9th ball, the harvest goddess will appear and grant
      you one of three wishes of your choice.  They include giving a lump sum
      of money, removing the curse from a cursed item, making everyone in the
      town like you better, ect.  You can figure them out they are pretty self
      explanatory.  However I will comment on one is that she gives you a
      present that is needed to complete the shipping list if you want to
      marry her.  Alternatively, if you leave it in your rucksack, it will up
      the rating of your farm by one point for each day you leave it in your
      ruck sack.  Once you are granted a wish, the balls are removed from your
      inventory and you can begin collecting them again. Oh hurray!
      
      Preparations:
      
      Digging though the 4th mine is time consuming and resource draining. 
      You will need to arrive there first thing in the morning if you want to
      have enough time in a game day to dig it all the way down.  The second
      thing you will need is the sword along with the hammer and hoe.  The
      sword drains stamina quicker than the other tools, but it is the best
      fighting weapon you have in your arsenal.  You will need it to bring
      down the cows and sheep as well as the dark heroes. They just drain too
      much strength if you use the normal tools to fight them.  Also, you will
      want the truth ring to keep an eye on your stamina and fatigue. 
      Additionally, you will need to bring about 1200 BodigizerXL and 800
      TurblojoltXL with you if you want to make it.  I know that seems like a
      lot to buy, but you will go through them believe me.  The other resource
      you will need to bring with you is about 10,000,000g so that you can buy
      supplies from Thomas at any available time.  
      
      The final resource you need to realize traversing this mine takes is
      time and patience. You should know ahead of time that this mine is a
      major time commitment and will cause you a lot of stress.  I only
      collected the balls 4 times total on my way down the mine, but it still
      took a while.  The mine is enormous, it is more than 65 time the size of
      the third mine just in floor numbers and the searching takes a great
      deal longer especially when you get deeper into the mine.  It took me 34
      and 1/2 hours of real time to get to the bottom without stopping very
      often.  The fighting and looking for the hole alone are very time
      consuming.  Be aware that you will be spending lots of money on Thomas
      not because you want to, but because you have to.  And you will die
      frequently after dropping 200 or more floors from being attacked when
      you land.  This takes a great deal of patience and commitment to reach
      the bottom.  I spent almost 30 million on supplies on the way down the
      mine, but I was thorough on my explorations.  
      
      Conclusion:
      
      The forth mine is a real pain in the butt and it is really not worth the
      trip except for 2 reasons.  You may just want to visit the 1st 1000
      floors or so to get the wish balls and check it out.  However, there are
      two neat rewards for digging all the way to the bottom.  The first is
      that the fourth mine represents the greatest challenge in any harvest
      moon game to date.  When you complete it you get the satisfaction that
      you can brag to your friends that you did it.  The second is that there
      is an event that you get to see with a reward of its own.  I am not
      going to spoil it here.  If you want to see it you need to dig your own
      way down to the bottom of the mine.  The other thing you get for getting
      to the bottom of the mine is a chance to get your name in this guide. 
      For the next 4 month, (Jan - April 2007) if you can reach the bottom of
      the 4th mine.  You can send me an email letting me know that you reached
      it.  You need to include a detailed description of the event that takes
      place at the bottom of the mine to prove that you reached it.  I want at
      least 10 to 12 sentences worth of good information.  I will be the sole
      judge of success on it.  If I am convinced that you succeeded, I will
      add your name to that section of the guide as a final reward for you
      efforts.  Good luck and happy digging.  Darkranger.  
      
      P.S.  I will not reveal the event.  So, don't even ask.   
      
      
      8.  Marriage
      -----------------------------
      This is probably the longest overdue section in the guide. 
      Unfortunately, it has take quite a while to put this together from
      scratch. Between my brother's and myself, we have been chasing down and
      courting all of the main women in the game. We have found all the
      primary heart events for the main women that we can marry.  However, we
      can only each marry one girl, so I cannot comment on the married life
      with each of the different women beyond the ones we marry.  What I can
      add here is an outline of the marriage system and the heart events to
      each of the other girls.  I haven't actually chosen my bride yet, but I
      will update this section as more information becomes available.  If
      anyone would like to help it would be appreciated.
      
      Getting married in harvest moon is on of the oldest side objectives in
      the game.  The process has evolved a bit, but not all that much has
      changed.  You choose the girl that you want to marry and give her gifts
      to build up her affection rating towards you.  Then once her happiness
      level is high enough, you give her the blue feather and purpose.  If she
      accepts your proposal then you are married and you can begin a new life
      with her on your farm.  Harvest Moon DS haze a wide variety of women to
      choose from.  There are five primary girls you can marry from the valley
      and four special brides that you can also marry.  Additionally, if you
      link the game with Friends of Mineral Town or More Friends of Mineral
      Town, (see linking section) you can date and marry one of the girls from
      mineral town.  Be aware, that doing so will cause you to move to mineral
      town and end your game.  You can only give gifts to the mineral town
      girls on the days they visit the valley on their days off.  This brings
      the game up to 14 potential brides to marry, which is quite a few heart
      events to track down.  
      
      The marriage system is pretty simple to understand.  Each of the girls
      begins the game with an affection rating of zero for you.  You can raise
      their affection ratings by giving them gifts.  If they like the item,
      their affection rating will grow between 100 and 800 points a day based
      on their liking of the item you give them.  If you give them something
      they don't like, litter anywhere but your farm, let one of your animals
      die or propose too soon it will cause their affection rating to go down
      some.  Only the first item you give them each day will increase their
      affection rating, so choose wisely.  Negative items and actions will
      still cause their rating to drop.  Also, all the points you get from
      giving them the gift won't come when you first give it.  If you give
      them something good, you will have to wait until the next day before the
      last 100 to 300 points will be added to their affection rating.  You may
      want to buy the friendship bracelet from Roller for 5000 medals.  It
      will allow you to see the girls affection rating when you talked to them
      with it equipped.  It can be helpful in tracking your progress.  
      
      You can keep track of the girls affection level with the bracelet above
      or by watching their heart change color.  The color of their heart is
      based on the number of love points they have.  
      
      0-10000 black
      10000-19999 purple
      20000-29999 blue
      30000-39999 green
      40000-49999 yellow
      50000-59999 orange
      60000 and up red
      
      You can propose to a girl when you have their heart at the red level or
      higher.  So, it can take quite a while to build up the 60000 affection
      points.  You need the blue feather to propose.  It will become available
      for 1000g at Karen's Store when you reach the 50000 affection point
      level.
      
      In addition to getting the points up there are some additional
      requirements you need to meet before you can get married.  First, you
      need to have the big bed from the home shopping network.  It will become
      available in the rotation of the items after you buy your second house
      upgrade for 10000g.  Secondly, you need to have returned the harvest
      goddess from the other world where the witch princess banished her.  In
      order to do this, you need to have unlocked 60 of the harvest sprites. 
      See the harvest sprite section for the details of how to unlock them. 
      Finally, you also need to purchase the blue feather from the store and
      get the girl's affection rating up to 60000 points by giving her gifts. 
      It is also helpful if you view each of the girl's heart events.  
      
      Strategies:
      
      Getting married is quite an ordeal in Harvest Moon DS.  But it is a
      bench mark and adds a great deal of fun to the game.  Unlocking the
      girls heart events and giving them gifts to increase their affection
      requires you to know their schedule and likes and dislikes.  But, I am
      going to take all of the guess work out of it for you.  Well, at least
      as much as I can.   While I have most of this information, it is a lot
      to keep track of and annoying to keep looking up.  So, let me suggest
      something simpler.  Each girl's favorite item will give them 800 love
      points a day.  However, all of the valley girls and the mineral town
      girls also like diamonds, which can be found on the floors divisible by
      10 greater than 200 in the 2nd mine.  Two out of every three rocks on
      those floors will have a normal diamond in them.  So, if you are using
      the mining trick to make money anyway, strip-mining those five floors
      entirely will usually yield about 100 diamonds.  Giving a girl a diamond
      will increase her affection by 700 points.  This is another good reason
      to use the mining trick, because it gives you a cheap and abundant
      source of gifts to give to the girls in the valley.
      
      As for finding the girls, it can take a few days of following them
      around to get their schedule down pat.  However, there is an easier way
      to find them to give them gifts.  Go to the casino and buy the teleport
      stone from Roller for 1000 medals.  It will allow you to go anywhere in
      the valley for two stamina by touching the stylis on the map for two
      points of fatigue.  It really is a useful item for saving on travel
      time.  You can get the necessary medals for 10000g or by getting them
      from playing the minigames and gambling the up.  Once you have the
      teleport stone, giving gifts to the girls is an easy task.  Just
      teleport to their residence before 7:00 am and give them the gifts. 
      Then you can teleport back to the farm and get on with your work for the
      day.  This will cost you 4 fatigue points, but it makes tracking the
      girls down easily.
      
      
      Heart Events:
      
      Each girl also has 4 heart event that you can view while you are
      courting them.  I am not sure if it is necessary to see all of their
      events in order to get married.  However, it makes it easier to marry
      them.  During each event, you will be give a couple of choices in the
      dialogue.  Use common sense and choose the option that best suits the
      girl you are trying to marry.  Each heart event you choose the correct
      path for will add between 1400 and 4000 points to the girl's affection
      rating.  Choosing a path against their wishes can cost you points so be
      careful.  Listed below are each of the girls and the heart events that I
      have found so far.  The color of the heart is the minimum heart color
      you need to trigger the event.  You can trigger past events and the
      events need to be triggered in order.  I have all the events for the
      valley girls, but I don't have all the heart events for the special
      girls or the mineral town girls.  They only visit the valley once a
      week, which makes it difficult to build up their affection quickly.  So,
      I only have the first two events for each of them.  If anyone has more
      information than what I have here please send it me and I post it here
      with credit of course.  
      
      Valley Girls:
      
      There are five normal girls that you can marry from the valley.  I have
      all of their heart events listed here.  I only have the time and days
      that I triggered them.  You can probably assume that the events can be
      triggered under similar conditions within one to two hours of their
      listed times.  I am trying to nail them down a little tighter, but it
      will take some time. If the day is not specified, it means that we have
      triggered it on different day and that the days seems to be unimportant.
      
      Name: Nami
      
      Nami is the first of the valley girls that you can marry in the game. 
      She has a well traveled and diverse personality.  She lives at on the
      second floor of inner inn.  She spends her early days and evenings at
      the inn and travels around the valley the rest of the day.  Nami doesn't
      like diamonds like the rest of the girls.  Stick with flowers or items
      from the dig site with her.  
      
      Heart Events:
      Black: Go to inner inn on a rainy day and ring the bell in the front
      lobby.  Nami will come out and talk with you. 
      
      Purple: Go to the inn around 10:30 am and Nami will trigger an event
      where she discusses your farm and her views on farming with you.
      
      Blue: After Nami's heart turns blue, she will visit your farm and
      trigger another scene.  This happened for me on a Monday, buy my
      associates each had it happen on a different day of the week.
      
      Yellow: Exit your house on a clear day Nami will ask you on a short
      date.  
      
      Muffy: 
      Muffy lives and works at the blue bar in town located just down the road
      from inner inn. She can be found there in the early evening to giver her
      presents.  She also likes to hike down to the beach in the morning. She
      loves apple pie and jewelry from the dig site, but you can give her
      diamonds from the mine as well.  She is one of the easier girls to
      marry.
      
      Black: Go to the blue bar around 4:00 in the afternoon and Muffy will
      ask you what type of girls you like.  Choose her type to increase her
      affection. 
      
      Purple: I triggered this event on a rainy Tuesday around 10:20 in the
      morning.  Muffy talks to you and asks your advice. 
      
      Blue: Go to the blue bar around 6:00 pm.  Muffy will be there with a new
      drink that she wants you to try. 
      
      Yellow: Exit your house on a clear day in the morning and Muffy will be
      there to ask you on a short date.  
      
      Celia: 
      
      Celia is another of the easiest girls to marry in the game.  She lives
      on Vesta's farm and can be found there during most of the day.  She
      wanders up to the goddess spring from time to time, but for the most
      part she sticks to the farm.  Her favorite gift is any type of cake or
      curry rice, but diamonds or flowers will also work well with her.
      
      Black:  Visit Celia at her house around 6:20 pm and you will trigger
      this event.  She is helping Vesta with the dishes and shatters a plate. 
      Just be honest.   
      
      Purple:  Go to the Harvest Goddess's pond behind the harvest sprite tree
      around 5:00 pm. She will talk to you and asks you to walk home with her.
      
      Blue:  You can trigger this event by visiting Dr. Hardy's house before
      9:00 in the morning on a rainy day. It triggers a short scene discussing
      health.
      
      Yellow:  Go to the blue bar in the evening when Celia is there having a
      drink. It triggers a rather interesting little cut scene.
      
      Flora:
      Flora lives in the dig site with Carter.  She spends most of her time at
      the dig site.  In fact I don't think I have ever seen her cross the
      river.  Flora likes diamonds and flowers.  
      
      Black: Enter the dig site at about 11:30 at night.  Flora will come in
      and think you are a strange looking person.  Just let her get closer and
      see you aren't a threat.  Otherwise you get to see how a strong a
      working girls is.  
      
      Purple: Go to the inner in around noon.  Flora will be there wanting
      Ruby to give her favorite drink.  She is unhappy to hear they are out of
      it and goes to blue bar to get some.
      
      Blue:  Enter the right side of the river below the dig site around 11:20
      pm on a clear day.  Flora will take you on a treasure hunt that will end
      in unlocking the first of the hot springs by the circus.
      
      Yellow: Go to the dig site on a clear day in the late evening.  Flora
      will give you a good look at her deepest insights into life.
      
      Lumina:
      Lumina is a sweet and spoiled girl as well as Romanna's daughter.  She
      lives in the vista and will take a walk up to the harvest goddess's pond
      during the afternoon.  She likes relaxation tea and diamonds 
      
      Black: Enter the villa around 6:00 pm and you will find Lumina and
      Romanna arguing over the old lady's health.
      
      Purple: After you get the DVD player, Lumina will show up at your farm
      and ask you how it works.  
      
      Blue: Go to the harvest goddess pond during the afternoon around 5:00 on
      a clear day.  Lumina has lost her necklace and wants to enlist your help
      in locating it.  
      
      Yellow:  Go to Lumina's room around 9:30 pm.  You will find her waiting
      for van to arrive with her own DVD player.  But when he arrives, he will
      be sold out.  Support you girl friend's wishes.
      
      Mineral Town Girls:
      I have linked the games together and the girls have come over on their
      days off.  However, I can only give them each one gift a week, so they
      haven't been keeping up with the other girls thus I have only found the
      first two heart events for each of them.  However, if you continue to
      increase their affection rating I am sure the remaining events will be
      easy to find.  Just follow them around the valley for a day and you
      should have it.  Keep in mind if you marry one of these girls, your game
      will end because you move to mineral town.  
      
      Ann: 
      Ann is the daughter of Doug who owns the inn in mineral town.  She will
      visit the valley on Fridays once you connect a friends of mineral town
      cartridge into your other slot.  She visits inner inn and hangs out with
      Ruby when she visits.  She likes anything with cheese in it and
      diamonds.
      
      Black: Head to the inner inn on a Friday around 2:00 pm.  You will
      trigger a cut scene where Ann is helping Ruby cook.
      
      Purple: Head to the inn around 3:00 pm. on a Friday It was raining when
      I triggered this event.  Ann is in town and she has bought a few things
      and discusses her business with you.
      
      Blue: If you leave your house on a Friday afternoon, she will show up
      and ask you on a walk.  You will go to the pyrotechnics house.  
      
      Yellow: Go to the blue bar in the early evening on a Friday.  You will
      get to watch Muffy and Ann duke it out over a stupid topic.
      
      
      Ellie:
      Ellie is the nurse from mineral town.  She tends to hang out at the
      villa helping Romanna on her days off.  She visits the valley on
      Wednesdays.  She likes diamonds and flowers.
      
      Black: Pass out on a Wednesday and Ellie will come by and help you
      recover your strength.  
      
      Purple: Head over to the villa around 5:00 on a rainy Wednesday and you
      will find Ellie there helping Romanna.
      
      Blue: Go to Romanna's room at the villa during a Wednesday afternoon. 
      You can trigger an event where Ellie helps to nurse Romanna's ailing
      health.  
      
      Yellow: Exit your house early in the morning and you will find Ellie
      there to give you Elli leaves as a gift.  She also teaches you the
      recipe for them.  
      
      Mary: 
      Mary is the daughter of the herbal gist in mineral town.  She works in
      the mineral town library and will visit the valley on Mondays.  She
      usually hangs out at the villa with Lumina.  Like Lumina she likes
      relaxation tea and diamonds.  
      
      Black: Enter the villa around 10:00 am on a clear Monday and Mary will
      say hi to you and tell you a little about herself.  
      
      Purple:  This one is a little tough to trigger.  You need to have the
      mushroom house and have mushrooms growing on a Monday.  Enter the hut
      around 10:00 in the morning and Mary will come in and ask you about how
      the mushrooms are growing.  
      
      Blue: Grow a giant crop of some kind in your field and she will come by
      and view it during the morning.  
      
      Yellow: You will find Mary at the dig site investigating the myth of the
      legendary sword.  She read about it somewhere in a book and is nagging
      Carter about it.  
      
      
      Potpourri:
      The girl named after the wild herb who lives on the chicken farm. 
      Sorry, but she really needs to get a new life.  Potpourri will visit the
      valley on Sundays and you can find her hanging out on your farm.  How
      convenient.  She usually talks to Tanka about farming during the day in
      his house.  She likes flowers, Omelets, and diamonds.
      
      Black: Step outside your house on a Sunday morning and she will appear
      and thank you for all your business from her store.  After all your her
      only customer.  
      
      Purple: Go to Tanka's house around noon on a Sunday and you will find
      Potpourri there studying about farming with him.  She really needs to
      get a life.
      
      Blue: During the late afternoon and a Sunday when she visits, go to
      inner in.  It was raining when I triggered this.   Rick and her are
      having an argument about chickens.  He thinks she studies them too much.
      
      Yellow: Head into the back kitchen in inner inn during a Sunday
      afternoon and you will find her there.  She and Ruby are cooking up some
      weird dish that Potpourri's mother gave them the recipe for.  
      
      
      Karen:
      One of my favorite girls from mineral town.  She runs the general store
      and is also the heavies drinker in town.  Karen visits the valley on
      Tuesday and hangs out at ... you guessed it blue bar and on Vesta's
      farm.  She also wanders around the valley a little bit.  Karen likes
      Pizza and Diamonds.
      
      Black: Go to Vesta's farm on a Tuesday around 4:00 pm and you will meet
      Karen.  She will introduce herself and explain her friendship with 
      Purple: Go to the blue bar during the evening on a Tuesday.  You get to
      attempt to drink Karen under the Table.  She has had plenty of practice
      though.
      
      Blue: Go to the second floor of the in on a Tuesday night and she will
      invite you to go on a short date with her.  The two of you will walk
      around the valley and talk about your lives.
      
      Yellow: Visit the blue bar again on a Tuesday evening and Karen will
      talk about her real feelings with you.  
      
      The Special* Girls:
      
      The other girls that you can marry in the game take a good deal of work
      to get.  These are more for the true fans of the game who like a little
      extra challenge in their lives.  These 4 women require years of work and
      commitment to tie the knot with.  I don't have all that much on them,
      but I will share what I have. As usual if anyone has the information and
      would like to submit it I will add it and give credit. Thanks to
      hmgardian for the information here.  
      
      Harvest Goddess:
      The Harvest Goddess is probably one of the hardest to Marry in the game.
      Before you can even get started you need to unlock her by bringing back
      60 of the harvest sprites.  Then you can give her gifts at her spring by
      throwing in items to up her affection rating.  She likes strawberries
      the best and doesn't care for diamonds like the rest of the girls.  The
      manual includes that you must also ship one of each sellable items and
      rescue all the harvest sprites before she will marry you.  If you have
      the patience, dedication, and determination required to marry her I wish
      you the best of luck.  To date I have only unlocked her black heart
      event.
      
      Black:  Unlock 60 harvest sprites and the goddess will say tadaa and
      introduce herself.  
      
      Purple: You need to walk 10000 steps with the pedometer, ship 10000
      items, and catch 10000 fish.  You also need to reach the bottom of the
      first mine. Once this is done throw an item into her spring to trigger
      the event.  
      
      Blue: You need to unlock all 9 harvest sprite channels and throw an item
      into her pond to begin the event.
      
      Yellow: You need to be in your fifth year or later and you need to have
      given her more than 500 gifts to trigger the event.  To trigger it,
      throw an item into her pond.  
      
      Note: Once she reaches the red heart level, throw the feather in to
      propose marriage to her.  
      
      
      Witch Princess: 
      The Witch Princess lives in the small shack next to the Villa and is the
      one responsible for sending the harvest goddess and the sprites away in
      the first place.  She is supposedly easier to marry than the goddess,
      but she is still pretty tough.  Her favorite gift is red grass.  The
      manual adds that you need to pass out 100 times and neglect several of
      your sick animals before she will even consider marrying you.  Again
      good luck to those of you who want to marry the games first real
      villain.  I have only found her black heart event.  
      
      Black: Enter the witch princess's home early in the morning.  You will
      find her casting a spell and she will ask you whether or not you like
      the harvest goddess.  Answer no and her affection will increase
      slightly.
      
      Purple: You need to have been very mischievous to open this event.  You
      need to have let 50 of your sick animals die, offered poison at the
      harvest festival at least 5 times, littered 100 times, tried to leave
      the valley at least 10 times and passed out 5 times.  If you have done
      so, you need to go the harvest goddess spring after you free the goddess
      to trigger the event.  
      
      Blue: Go the witches house during the day.  
      
      Yellow: You need to completely empty your ruck sack and head over to her
      house to trigger the final event.  
      
      Keria:
      Keria is not all that hard to make happy.  However, marrying her is
      still a very big commitment for two reasons.  First, her favorite gift
      is gold lumber, which can get very expensive.  The second reason is that
      she lives on the 255 floor the 3rd mine.  Keria is a version of a maiden
      supposedly sleeping beauty.  You need her first heart event before you
      can unlock the fourth mine.  She is a big commitment, but she is worth
      it.  
      
      Black: Dig down to the 255 floor  of the mine and make sure you have
      ultimate curry with you.  She will talk to you a little and introduce
      herself.  You cannot give her any gifts until you complete this event.  
      
      Purple: Dig your way down again.  This time she wants relaxation tea
      leaves for the present.  
      
      Blue:  Say hello again and this time you need to give her a specific gem
      from the second mine.  It will vary so make sure to bring several
      different types.  
      
      Yellow:  Dig all the way down again and offer her favorite gift, Gold
      lumber.  She is difficult to Marry. 
      
      
      Note, to make ultimate curry takes a little bit of work.  You need the
      pot and several in ingredients.  You need to make each of the eight
      basic curries, which are rice balls + curry powder + each of the types
      of colored grass individually.  Rainbow curry uses the pot and all the
      other types of curry except black curry.  Ultimate Curry requires the
      pot, black curry + rainbow curry + all six types of burnt food.  Again
      good luck.
      
      Leia:
      The Mermaid. If I get one more email about the mermaid. Okay seriously,
      the issue on everybody's mind is how to marry the mermaid.  I have
      received quite a few questions about how to do it so here it is.  Leia,
      did I mention she is a mermaid, is recovering from an injury and is
      currently living in Daryl's basement.  In order to meet her you need to
      get Daryl up to 100 friendship points by giving him gifts.  It takes
      about a week and a half to meet her.  Daryl likes fish and colored grass
      the best.  After you cross the friend ship threshold, head over to the
      trap door on the right side of his house and press the a button next to
      it.  It will open and allow you to enter his basement to meet Leia.  She
      is probably the easiest of the special girls to marry in the valley and
      takes the least work.  You can just go to Daryl's basement in the
      morning to give her gifts like the rest of the girls.  She likes the
      white flowers that grow in the summer and large fish the best.  You need
      to have the pond on your farm before you can marry her because she needs
      a place to live.  She cannot stay in your house without legs.  
      
      Black: Get Daryl to 100 friendship points and head down the basement. 
      Leia will introduce herself. 
      
      Purple: Enter the basement again and you will hear the two of them
      talking.  The conversation implies something that isn't necessarily
      true.  
      
      Blue:  Head down the basement again and this time you can help Leia with
      an experimental cooking dish.  It turns out quite interesting.
      
      Yellow:  Give her the message in a bottle that you will find at night on
      the beach after her heart turns yellow.  Note, you may want to hold off
      on this event until her affection is higher.  After this event triggers,
      she will return to the sea.  You can still find her on the beach after
      midnight on Wednesdays, but this will limit you to one gift a week and
      slow the love process way down. You need to mythic fishing pole to find
      the bottle.  You find it by charging up the fishing pole in the spring
      and reeling it in.    
      
      Well, there you have it.  All the girls neatly layer out for your
      marital bliss.  I know I have more events to find and that I also want
      to comment on what happens after you get married.  But that will have to
      wait until the future after I get married.  I am going to marry Lumina
      if anyone cares.  If anyone has anything for this section please pass it
      along.  I will try to get more in the future.  
      
      As for Leia's section of the guide, I apologize for the sarcasm.  But, I
      have really gotten quite a few emails requesting how to marry the
      mermaid.  So, in the spirit of good fun I would like to add a new
      section to this guide.  If you have a good reason to marry or not to
      marry the mermaid send it along in an email. For example, fish make poor
      children.  I will put the best 10 or so for both sides in the guide if I
      get enough responses.  Send it to darkrangeresp@yahoo.com and mark the
      subject of the email "Marry the Mermaid Reason".  Make sure you include
      your reason and a alias to identify yourself with if your reason is
      chosen.  Let's keep them clean I want to keep this guide G rated.  This
      isn't really a contest for anything.  I am just curious why everyone
      wants to marry the mermaid.  
      
      Well, there we have it all the heart events for each of the girls.  Each
      of them also has a red heart event, but they are easy to trigger.  They
      are all done the same way. Once you have the girl up to 60000 affection
      points, give her the blue feather.  She will take you to someplace
      special to her and accept the proposal.  She will also drag you along to
      tell her friends and family about the coming engagement.  If you propose
      too early, she will decline your offer and lose several thousand love
      points.  
      
      
      9. Home Shopping Channel and other items:
      -----------------------------
      The home shopping channel sells various items and you can buy one each
      week.  These items enhance the functionality of your house and allow you
      to achieve other goals in the game.  You can buy one item each week.  
      Watch the second channel on the harvest sprite stations and look for
      items that you can purchase.  You will be able to tell if you can buy
      something because they ask for a currency called Karbos that you don't
      have and cannot spend.  The rest of the items are just there for comical
      effect and to pass the time between items you can buy.  Once you see an
      item you want, use the phone to order it between 10:00 am and 5:00 pm. 
      Thomas will deliver the item to you in 2 to 3 days.  You need to but
      several items to unlock the ability to upgrade the house.  Some items
      are only available after you upgrade your house. 
      
      Listed below are the items, their purposes, and costs.  
      
      Decorations:  These items decorate the house and may have a secondary
      purpose.  The Big bed is only available after the house upgrade and is
      necessary to get married.
      
      Coffee Table: Decorates House:      500g 
      Clock: Tells you the exact time:    1000g
      Big Bed: allows you to get married: 10000g
      
      Storage Containers: The storage containers allow you to store the items
      you usually keep in your ruck sack.  Each of the has nine screens of 15
      spaces where you can store items. You can stack up to 99 of the same
      item in one space.  You need to buy the first house upgrade to purchase
      most of them.
      
      Tool Box: Stores Tools:                      2000g
      Beauty Box: Stores Accessories:              2500g
      Fridge: Stores edible items and ingredients: 2500g 
      Shelf: Stores everything else:               2500g
      
      Cooking:  These items allow you to prepare food in the kitchen.  You
      need the second house upgrade to buy the kitchen and utensils.  Each
      utensil allows you to prepare more recipes.  
      
      Kitchen: Allows you to cook:        4000g
      Pot: Prepares pot Recipes:          1200g
      Steamer: Prepares Steamer Recipes:  1200g
      Frying pan: '' frying pan '' :      1000g
      Oven: '' oven '':                   2000g
      Mixer: '' mixer '':                 1500g
      
      
      Other items:  These items are not purchased from the home shopping
      network and are not edible or used as ingredients.  This section is just
      to cover other items that appear in the game that aren't tools or other
      items related to animals or accessories.
      
      TV: You buy this from vans shop for 10000g.  It severs to decorate your
      house and is used with the DVD player.  It is needed to unlock one of
      Lumina's heart events.  
      
      DVD Player:  You also buy this from van for 20000g.  When used with the
      TV and DVD's it allows you to watch the background images from the TV
      shops from friends of mineral town.  You need it to marry Lumina.
      
      DVD's: These are bought from van and vary in price.  The DVD's are used
      with the TV and DVD Player also purchased from van.  They allow you to
      view the background images from fomt TV shows.  The show varies with
      each DVD.  You can unlock more DVD's by leaving the harvest moon friends
      of mineral town or more friends of mineral town game pack in your DS
      longer.
      
      Records:  These are bought from the sprite shop and vary in price. They
      allow you to change the background music in the game. In order to change
      the music, you need to go to the fifth channel and select the new song
      you wish to listen to.  You need to buy five records to unlock the
      channel.  Note, if you load your game or use the teleport stone, the
      music will revert back to the default song for the season.  The songs
      vary in title.  They are all from previous harvest moon games.  More
      records are unlocked by linking the games.  You will unlock the seasonal
      songs and the ending theme from mineral town for 10000g each.  Finally,
      additional records are unlocked when you get married and have a kid. 
      There are a little over 20 in all.  They cost between 100g and 10000g
      each.    
      
      Well, that includes all the items that can be purchased in the
      miscellaneous sections of the game.  
      
      10. Fishing
      ----------------------------
      
      Aside from mining and foraging, fishing is another activity that you can
      perform in the game to make money. All you need to fish is the fishing
      pole and plenty of time on your hands.  This section will outline the
      basics of the fishing process and all the involved tasks.  
      
      Getting the fishing pole:
      
      The first thing you need to do in order to fish is acquire the fishing
      pole.  You get it from a small event involving Galen, the old man who
      lives in the little shack across the river with his wife Nina.  To get
      the fishing pole, you need to visit Galen on a clear Saturday in the
      spring between 11:00 am and 1:00 pm.  To trigger the event, all you need
      to do is to walk into the his house with your tool slot empty.  You will
      view a short cut scene where Galen tells you that he found an old
      fishing rod cleaning and doesn't want to throw it away.  He offers to
      give it to you and does.  Now you have the fishing pole.  
      
      The fishing pole can be upgraded like any of the other tools using the
      ores located in the first and third mine.  You need to gather experience
      for it by using it repeatedly before you can upgrade it.  You can
      monitor your progress on the information menu by touching your
      character's head.  Their is a bar their that will display you current
      experience with the tool.  The higher you level up the tool, the better
      the fish you can catch with it.  Listed below are the levels of fish and
      their shipping prices.
      
      iron-copper small fish 100g
      silver-gold medium fish 300g
      mystrile-blessed large fish 500g
      
      The mythic fishing pole can catch two additional and very expensive
      items.  These items are caught off of the beach during specific seasons.
      During the Summer, you can catch pirate treasure by charging the mythic
      rod all the way up. They sell for 10000g.  Similarly, you can catch rare
      fossils during the fall that sell for 5000g.  The mythic pole can also
      be used the catch the bottle needed to marry Leia during the spring on
      the beach at night.  You need to fully charge it to catch any of these
      items and it will usually take several tries to get one.  
      
      Additionally, you can catch boots, cans, and fishbone that sever as
      garbage.  You can ship each of them for 1g.  Make sure not to throw them
      on the ground though, because it is considered littering and will lower
      the affection and friendship levels of the people in town.
      
      Locations:
      
      There are a number of locations where you can fish in the valley.  You
      can fish off of the beach in the open sea.  You can also fish off any
      point on the river all the way from the sea side up to the waterfall. 
      There are two other locations for fishing.  You can also catch fish in
      the harvest goddess's pond and the turtle swamp.  The type of fish you
      can catch at each area varies in type and size with the seasons.  There
      are too many types to list here.  The type really isn't important to the
      shipping prices.  If you want to catch all the types of fish in the game
      I recommend that you hire the fishing team. There are supposedly kings
      in the game to catch, but I haven't found them yet.  
      
      Uses for fish:
      
      In addition to shipping fish for money, there are a few other things you
      can do with them.  They can serve as ingredients in several of the
      cooking recopies in the game. You can also eat them as they are for a
      little stamina and fatigue recovery.  Finally, they can be give as gifts
      to the towns people. Daryl and Leia both enjoy receiving fish as a
      present.  They allow you to raise their affection ratings quickly.  
      
      Unlocking the fishing team:
      
      The specific requirements for unlocking each sprite on the fishing team
      are located in the harvest sprite section.  However, I think it would do
      some good to explain this better here.  If you try fishing, it seems
      impossible that you would ever have the time to catch 50,000 fish. 
      However, you don't have to catch them yourself.  You can hire the
      fishing team to do it for you.  They will catch and ship fish that will
      quickly bring your count towards your required amount.  You still need
      to catch the last fish of each mark yourself in order to unlock the
      harvest sprites.  For example, when the team has shipped 1000 or more
      fish, you need to go out and catch one fish on your own to unlock the
      harvest sprite.  
      
      Well, that's about it for this section. There really isn't all that much
      to the fishing system to explain here other than what's here and a list
      of all the types of fish and their locations.  I don't have the patience
      to type that out.  If someone would like to email me a complete list in
      a usable text format I would be willing to add it to the guide and give
      credit.  
      
      11. Resource Management
      ----------------------------
      Harvest moon DS is a game that revolves around managing three key
      resources effectively to work your way ahead in the game.  There is
      quite a bit for your character to accomplish in this game, but you need
      to learn to manage your resources well in order to get the most
      productivity out of your days.  The three resources I am talking about
      are stamina, money, and time.  If you learn to balance them, you will be
      able to acquire more of them to use.  The purpose of this section is
      just to outline the details of each resource and the ways to maximize
      their uses.  I want to describe and look at each one in depth.  
      
      Stamina:
      The first resource you have at your disposal is your stamina.  I should
      note that you also have fatigue, but I consider them one resource since
      the activities that deplete stamina also deplete fatigue at the same
      rate if your stamina is gone.  Your character begins the game with a
      maximum stamina of 100 that depletes as you use tools and work.  You
      character also begins with a fatigue limit that increases as you do work
      if your stamina has been depleted or certain other conditions have been
      met.  Stamina is a valuable resource, since it determines the amount of
      work you can do each day.  If you stamina runs out fatigue takes over. 
      Be careful though, if your fatigue reaches 100 and you have no stamina,
      you will pass out and be forced to go to bed.  When you wake up you will
      lose half of your money.  So, be careful to keep an eye on these meters
      during the day to avoid passing out.  
      
      Using Stamina:
      You will lose stamina by using tools on your farm.  You can also loose
      it by falling down holes in the mines.  You will usually lose at most 1
      point per floor you descend, but you will never lose more than 100 units
      per fall.  Listed below are the activates that can reduce your stamina.
      Note, the level of tools assumes that you charge them up to their
      highest level. For example, you can still use the mythic hoe to till one
      square of ground for 2 stamina
      
      Tools 
      hoe, sickle, axe, hammer, watering can, fishing pole 
      level                        Cost points of Stamina 
      Iron                            2
      Copper                          4
      Silver                          5
      Gold                            8
      Mystrile                        10
      Blessed                         15
      Mythic                          20
      
      Other tools:
      Clippers                        8
      Milker                          4
      Brush                           2
      Sowing a bag of seeds           2
      Using animal medicine           2
      Using a miracle potion          2
      Using the legendary sword       5
      Falling down a hole             1/floor or less if a long drop
      Getting touched by an enemy     1 per hit
      
      Fatigue:
      Fatigue is the second part of the stamina resources.  If you run out of
      stamina, using a tool or performing a task will increase your fatigue by
      an equal amount to the stamina.  There are a few other things that will
      cause fatigue in addition to doing work.  You need to be careful,
      because, if your fatigue rate is too high you won't be able to recover
      stamina as easily.  Listed below are activates that increase your
      fatigue.
      
      Activity                                   Fatigue increase
      Using the teleport stone                           2
      Using a necklace to work through the map          2+work done
      Working on a rainy or snowy day                    1+work done
      
      Extending Fatigue and Stamina:
      
      In prior harvest moon games, you would collect power berries to increase
      your maximum fatigue and stamina rates in the game.  Unfortunately,
      harvest moon DS doesn't have any power berries to find.  You increase
      your maximum stamina and fatigue by equipping several of the goddess and
      kappa accessories found throughout the game.  You can either buy them
      from Van or find their cursed versions in the third mine.  Be careful
      when using them though, because if you remove the accessory you will
      immediately lose any additional stamina or fatigue that it grants you. 
      Unless your worried about running out, it is easier to just monitor your
      stamina and fatigue and replenish them as necessary.  
      
      Monitoring Stamina:  
      
      It is important to keep an eye on your stamina and fatigue as you work
      on your farm and around the valley.  The easiest way is to buy the
      yellow bangle from the casino for 2000 medals or 20000g.  If you equip
      it will print out your current values in the lower left hand corner of
      the screen.  This is especially helpful if your in the mine because your
      stamina is constantly being drained fighting and looking for items.
      Remember that your stamina goes down and your fatigue goes up as you
      work.  This is the best way to monitor your stamina directly, but you
      can do it without the bangle.  Your character will go through a range of
      motions at various points during the losses.  Pay attention to these
      bench marks when you don't yet have the bangle or don't have it
      equipped. 
      
      Stamina at 50%: 
      Your character will pull out a handkerchief and wipe the sweat from his
      forehead.
      
      Stamina at 20%:
      You character will shrug his shoulders and lean forward once expressing
      being tired.
      Stamina at 5%:
      Your character will stop what he is doing and sit down on the ground.
      
      Stamina at 0% and fatigue beginning:
      You character will stop for a second and fall forward onto the ground. 
      If you are going to use an item to restore only stamina and not fatigue,
      this is the time to do it.
      
      Fatigue at 50%
      Your character will stop and shake his head back and fourth like he is
      tired.  This is a good point to restore fatigue if you are going to.
      
      Fatigue at 80%:
      Your character will fall to the ground exhausted and shake his head.  A
      thought balloon with a skull in it will appear above him.  Also, the
      music will slow down.  At this point you are on the last bit of your
      fatigue.  You should stop working and restore your strength.  Failure to
      do so will cause you to pass out.  
      
      Fatigue at 100%:
      Your character will pass out and fall to the ground. At this point you
      are in trouble.  Someone from the game will come by and help you back to
      your house where you will wake up for the next game day.  They will take
      half of your money for their trouble.  This is something you want to
      avoid at all costs unless you are trying to marry the witch princess.  
      
      Recovery: 
      
      As your supply of stamina and fatigue deplete, you will need to
      constantly renew them throughout the game through several methods.  I
      will list the best ones below.  Remember that if your fatigue is high,
      you cannot recover stamina without first recovering fatigue. 
      
      Sleeping:
      
      When your character goes to bed for the day he will recover both of
      these resources.  If you get at least 6 hours of sleep, your stamina
      will completely refill and your fatigue will decrease by between 15 and
      25 points.  The earlier you go to bed, the more fatigue you will
      recover.  You cannot recover more than your current maximum.  If you go
      to bed late or with high fatigue, you will be forced to sleep in and
      loose valuable game time the next day, so be sure to pick a sensible bed
      time if your fatigue is high.
      
      Food and Medicine:
      
      You can also recover your stamina and fatigue using food and medicine. 
      Most raw foods and crops will restore two stamina and one fatigue. 
      Cooked meals and the colored grasses found throughout the valley will
      recover you more efficiently and vary by type. I don't have the space to
      outline all of them here.  Try experimenting and see what works best
      under any give circum stances.  Medicine provides the best recovery
      rates.  Bodygizer restores stamina and turbojolt restores fatigue.  You
      can buy them from Van's shop when he visits the valley.  They are quite
      expensive, but they provide an instant large recovery in a portable.
      form.  Their prices and recovery properties are listed below
      Item         Cost    Recovers 
      Bodygizer    500g       50  stamina
      BodigizerXL  1000g      100 stamina
      Turbojolt    1000g      20  fatigue 
      TurblojoltXL 2000g      50  fatigue
      Hot springs and healing team:
      
      You can also hire the healing team to restore your stamina a fatigue at
      the harvest sprite tree.  To use them talk to them after you have used
      some of your resources and they will recover your stamina and fatigue by
      a fixed amount.  It begins at 10% and goes up as they gain experience. 
      They can heal you about once an hour unless you have five or more of
      them where they can then heal you twice an hour.  Another option is to
      unlock the hot springs and use them to recover your stamina and fatigue. 
      There are two of them in the game.  The first, which is located by the
      circus is unlocked by triggering Flora's blue heart event. This one will
      recover your fatigue.  The second one located by the harvest goddess
      spring recovers your stamina.  To unlock it, use the first one hundred
      times for more than an hour and Mayor Thomas and the harvest sprites
      from mineral town will build the second in a couple of days.  The hot
      springs restore your stamina and fatigue at a point for each real second
      you spend in them.  They are a cheap way to restore this resource, but
      they aren't portable and take a long time to recover.  
      
      Time:
      
      Time is the second resources you have available to you in the game that
      you need to manage.  It is divided into two aspects, the number of hours
      in a game day and the number of days in season.  You need to be aware of
      these two facts when you are planning your life on the farm.  Time is a
      resource that is constantly distributed throughout the game.  It limits
      the amount of work you can get done in a game day and the number of
      harvest you can make of a particular crop during a game season.  You
      seem to have more free time during the winter month than the others and
      when you have upgraded equipment to save you time.  Below are some
      suggestions to help you manage your time better.
      
      day to day:  
      You need to be aware of the passage of time in the game during the day.
      You can keep track using the clock in the lower right corner or the
      screen. You need to plan your time so that you don't waist it.  Two
      minutes will pass in the game for each second that passes in the real
      world, so you need to think ahead.  The best way to do this is to plan a
      daily schedule that will get your work done.  A basic one would look
      something like this.  Get up and begin by working on your animals around
      the farm.   Once your finished there, go outside and start gathering and
      shipping any crops that need to be shipped for the day.  Next, by this
      time the stores are beginning to open.  Head out and buy anything you
      need.  Then, you want to start your afternoon by heading around town and
      collection resources, mining, or foraging for things to ship.  You
      should also use this time to give gifts and talk to the valley people. 
      Then, you should return home and water any crops and head to bed at a
      reasonable time. This is just an outline, you are free to reorganize it
      to your likings of course.  Just make sure that you don't try to do too
      much in a day that will cause you to run out of time.
      
      There are a few other things you can do to save yourself time in the
      game.  First, upgrade your tools, higher level tools allow you to do
      more work in less time.  Also, hire the harvest sprites to share in some
      of the work load.  They can free up a large block of time for you by
      taking up one of the tasks on your farm.  Also, keep stamina recovery
      items with you so that you can renew your strength quickly without
      waiting time.  Also, get the teleport stone as soon as you can.  It will
      completely climate most of your travel time at the cost of a little
      stamina.  Finally, you can use the necklaces to do work on the map from
      inside a building without having time pass at all.  Managing your game
      time can be helped by these ideas, but the best way to maximize its use
      is by planning your day carefully.
      
      Managing Days:
      
      You also need to manage your days each season to get the most out of
      your time and profits.   It helps to learn the growing times for each of
      the crops you plant because it allows you to schedule the harvest
      sprites around their growing times for watering and picking.  Use the
      harvest sprites to accomplish whatever task you find the most time
      consuming. This usually falls to picking crops or watering until you
      have the upgraded can.  Also, be mindful of festivals and when they
      occur.  You will have to do all the work yourself on those days because
      the harvest sprites won't work on holidays and you will have less time
      because you attend a festival that eats up part of your day. 
      
      Make sure that when you arrange crops and other things on your farm, to
      do so that you can take advantage of your upgraded tools to get work
      done faster.  Also, make sure that you have everything you need with you
      when you leave so you don't have to waist time back tracking.  The same
      goes for shopping, but what you need ahead of time and buy a lot of it. 
      This will save you having to wait for a shop to open and unnecessary
      trips out to the shop. You should also be mindful that several purchases
      in the game require an amount of time before they are available such as
      tool upgrades and buildings.  Remember to buy things in the order that
      you need them. Learning to manage your time well requires practice just
      as it does in real life. If you plan ahead you will do better than if
      you don't
      
      Money:
      
      Last but certainly not least is the third resource money.  They say that
      money makes the world go round and harvest moon DS is no exception. 
      Money is probably the one focal resource in the game. The primary goal
      of the game is to gather money so you can use it to expand your farm. 
      It is also the resource that most players notice directly.  You are
      aware of your other resources in the background, but money isn't as
      renewable as they are.  However, money can be exchanged directly for the
      other two. Money is used to but the tools and upgrades that allow you to
      work faster and with less stamina.  It also allows you to  recover
      stamina directly by purchasing medicine from Van.  You begin the game
      will a very limited amount of money and you will need to generate
      several billion gold if you want to buy everything in the game.  Harvest
      Moon DS has requires more money to buy everything than the rest of the
      games put together.  However, it is also one of the easiest games to
      make money in. Below are some tips for money management.  
      
      Early in the game, you will find this resources to be scarce and the one
      you want to use most.  Early in the game, you need to make a stable
      amount of money through either the mine trick or the medal trick at the
      casino.  You'll find them in their respective sections.  While these
      tricks work for a quick score early in the game, they are too time
      consuming and don't offer the best profit margin.  The best way to make
      money is through leveling up the crops and growing lots of them. 
      However, this requires a few game years and in the mean time, you need
      some money to survive.  While you can run the mine as much as you want,
      it takes roughly two hours to do it, which can be tedious.  If you want
      to minimize your need to run it try to conserve your spending.  Only
      spend money on something if you really need it.  Unless its for a tool
      upgrade or a building, you probably don't need anything that costs more
      than 100000g  in your first year.  Buy things as you need them, not as
      you want them.  Also, make your early buildings out of wood.  It
      provides a reasonable stability at a modest price.  Wood buildings will
      last you for a couple of game years on average and until you can get the
      farm really going.  You can always demolish them and replace them with
      stone or gold lumber later in the game.  Also, use the casino medal
      strategies rather than buying medals for the harvest sprites.  This will
      father conserve your funds.  
      
      Well, that about wraps up the details of managing the three resources of
      the game.  I know the above section is a bit misleading in its
      suggestions.  Conserving and expanding the limits on each of the
      resources above assumes that you have the other two in abundance.  I
      know that you don't, but I am trying to supply the best and worst case
      scenarios under each of them.  The three resources are linked and depend
      on each other to expand in their limits.  Learning to balance them
      together takes planning and practice.  A lot of trial and error will be
      needed before you get the hang of it.  Money is generally the best to
      measure the other two with.  If you are finding that you have an
      abundance of cash, the other two will fall into place.  Learning to
      balance the three resources is what makes the system behind the game
      function at the mathematical standpoint.  It is also part of the fun and
      addictiveness of the game.  I wish all of you luck in your quest to make
      money and find balance in your busy farming lives.   
      
      12. Accessories
      --------------------------------------
      
      One of the new features introduced to the series in harvest moon DS are
      the accessories that you can find throughout the game.  Accessories
      allow you to extend the limits on your fatigue and stamina as well as
      recover them.  They also provide you with more information about hidden
      aspects of the game and allow you to perform several other activities. 
      Accessories are can be bought from Van, the medal shop, and the jet
      sprite shop in the tree. A set of cursed is also available in on several
      floors of the third mine.  These accessories begin cursed and require a
      blessing for 100000g from the church before you can equip them and use
      them to your full potential.  The process for obtaining them and
      removing the curse is the same as it is for the cursed tools. See the
      mining section for a list of floors where you can find them and the
      strategies necessary to uncurse them.  This section includes all the
      accessories that my bothers and I have found so far and what they should
      do.  Listed below are each of the accessories, their uses and where to
      find them. 
      
      Note: Third mine means the accessory is cursed and you need to dig it up
      in the third mine as outlined in the mining section.  Some of the
      accessories mention a black version of the item you are looking for. 
      You will find the black version in the mine that is cursed.  Be careful
      not to equip it or you will have to contact the church to remove it. 
      Once you have them blessed, they will take their final useful form and
      function normally.
      
      Necklaces:  
      
      These necklaces when equipped allow you to use the stylis to use your
      tools anywhere on the map.  To use one, equip the tool you want to use
      and touch the place you want to use it on the map.  The upper level
      necklaces allow you to charge the tools to higher levels.  The basic
      purpose of these accessories is to allow you to use the tools indoors to
      accomplish work while not having time pass.  Each use of the tool will
      deplete the normal amount of stamina and fatigue and an additional 2
      points of fatigue each time you use them.  You still need to have the
      appropriate level tools in order to use them with the necklaces.  All of
      them are bought from the Jet at his store.  More of them will become
      available as you upgrade the level of all of your tools .  You begin the
      game with the iron tool level on for free. You can also find some of the
      necklaces randomly at the dig site for free. The prices of the rest are
      listed below.
      Level        price
      iron         free
      copper       1000g
      silver       2000g
      gold         3000g 
      Mystrile     5000g
      Blessed      10000g
      Mythic       50000g
      
      Friends ship broaches:  
      
      The friend ship broaches will allow you to increase the friendship
      values of everyone in town if you equip them before going to bed.  The
      blue one may increase your friendship score on the towns people randomly
      by 1 point.  It doesn't do everyone.  The green level seems to get every
      one to increase by 1 point and some of them 2.  The red level will
      increase everyone's friendship rating by 2 if you equip it before you go
      to bed.  You can buy the green and blue versions from the Jet shop.  You
      need to buy the green before the blue will appear.  The red one is
      obtained by finding the black one in the mine and having it uncursed. 
      Be careful, equipping the black one will lower everyone's friendship
      ratings.  Note, the broaches will affect a person's friendship score,
      not their affection rating.  You still need to give gifts to girls to
      increase their affection towards you for marriage.
      
      Color       Price
      green       300000g
      blue        500000g
      red         Third Mine 100000g to uncurse.
      
      The Goddess and Kappa Broaches:  
      
      These accessories are the key to increasing the limits on your stamina
      and fatigue.  The goddess items work for stamina and the kappa work for
      fatigue.  Each one will increase the maximum amount of their respective
      stats by a fixed amount.  If you go to bed with them on, you can recover
      up to that amount.  The blue levels in increase your limit by 100
      points, the green by 230 points and the red by 500 points.  The green
      and blue levels can be purchased at Van's shop and the red need to be
      excavated from the third mine.  Be careful when using these items,
      because if you unequipped them you will lose any extra stamina or
      fatigue you have and you can pass out.  Also, make sure not to equip
      their black versions in the third mine, because they will lower your
      maximum quite a bit.  Their prices are listed below
      
      Color    Price
      Green    50000g
      Blue     100000g
      red      third mine 100000g to uncurse
      
      The Goddess and Kappa Earrings:
      
      These items allow you to actually recover your stamina and fatigue
      points when they are equipped and you are moving around outside.  Again,
      the goddess earrings affect stamina and the kappa earrings affect
      fatigue. The rate of recovery depends on the color of the earrings.  Red
      is the slowest, blue the second fastest, and green is the fastest.  The
      red and blue ones can be purchased from the jet shop in the tree.  You
      need to buy the red before the blue will appear.  You can find the green
      level ones in the third mine.  Be careful not to equip their black
      cursed version because they will deplete your stamina or fatigue quickly
      and you will pass out very easily.  You need one point of stamina left
      for the goddess earrings to work. The prices are listed below.
      
      Color                        Cost
      red goddess                  400000g
      red kappa                    500000g
      blue goddess                 700000g 
      blue kappa                   900000g 
      green goddess and kappa       third mine 100000g to uncurse 
      
      Goddess and Kappa Hats:
      
      These hats will reduce the amount of stamina and fatigue you use when
      you use tools.  They are very helpful when trying to conserve your
      strength.  The goddess hats lessen stamina loss and the kappa hats
      lessen fatigue loss. The level of prevention depends on the color.  The
      red will decrease the loss a little, the blue will do better, and the
      green do the best.  You can buy the red and blue versions from Van and
      the green versions are found in the third mine.  If you equip the black
      equivalents from the mine, they will increase the cost of using tools
      and you will need to contact the church to bless or remove them.  The
      costs are listed below.
      
      Color       Price
      red goddess  200000g
      red kappa    200000g
      blue goddess 500000g
      blue kappa   500000g
      green both  Third mine, 100000g each to have them uncursed.
      
      Pedometer:
      
      Thomas gives you the pedometer for free when you start the game.  If you
      carry it in your runk sack, it will count the number of steps you take. 
      Like in mineral town, Guts and the harvest goddess will pop up and let
      you know where you are an major mile marks like 10,000, 100,000, ect.  I
      haven't found any rewards for it yet, but keeping it with you might be a
      good idea.  
      
      Time Ring:
      
      The time ring is found in the third mine.  Once you have it blessed and
      equip it, it will cause time to pass outside at half the normal rate. 
      It's cursed counter part will cause time to pass twice as fast.  It
      costs 100000g to have the curse removed.
      
      Speed Boots:
      
      The speed boots are located in the third mine as well.  When you equip
      them, they allow your character to run twice as fast when you hold down
      the B button.  They can save you travel time and work time.  However,
      the teleport stone or the horse are better travel options.  Their cursed
      counter parts will disable your ability to run when they are equipped. 
      It costs 10000g to remove the curse.
      
      Touch panel Gloves: 
      
      You can buy these from either the chicken farm or yodel ranch for 1000g.
      When they are equipped and combined with other tools, they allow you to
      interact more intimately with your animals.  You can find the
      information about using them in the tools and animals section.  The are
      needed to unlock several of the animal harvest sprites.  
      
      The remaining items listed here are found from Roller's shop at the
      casino.  You can exchange medals directly for them.  You can win the
      medals from the casino game or buy them for 10g each.  If you want to
      know the price in gold for an item listed here, tack on an extra zero
      and that will give you your price in gold.  For example, the teleport
      stone costs 1000 medals, so it would cost 10000g.  For more information
      on medals and the casino games as well as strategies.  See the harvest
      sprite section.  
      
      Teleport stone:
      
      This items is available from the casino shop for 1000 medals.  It allows
      you to transport yourself anywhere on the map touching where you want to
      go with the stylis.  You can only use it outside.  Each use of the item
      will add two points of fatigue to your total.  This item is the most
      convent way to travel and will save you a ton of walking time.  Buy it
      as soon as you can.
      
      Truth Bangle:
      
      You can buy this from the casino shop for 2000 medals.  When you equip
      it will print out your current stamina and fatigue in the left lower
      corner of the screen.   This item is useful for monitoring your strength
      while you work, epically in the mine. You should get it as soon as
      possible.
      
      Love Bangle:
      
      This item is available at the casino for 5000 medals. When you equip it,
      you will be able to see the friendship and affection ratings of the
      towns people when you talk to them. If can be useful for monitoring your
      progress in making friends and truing to get married. 
      
      The Red Animal Cape:
      
      This item is available from the casino for 65535 medals.  The price
      seems odd, but it is 2^16 - 1 which is the longest integer you can store
      using two bites of memory.  Just like 255 is 2^8 - 1 which is the
      largest integer you can store with one bite of memory.  That's why these
      numbers show up so frequently in video games with limited memory. 
      Anyway  the cape allows you to use the stylis to mover your animals
      around on the map on the touch screen when it is equipped.  You will
      gain two points of fatigue when you use it.
      
      The God Hand:
      
      You can buy this item for 100,000,000 medals at the casino.  It becomes
      available after you buy the red cape.  It allows you to use the map to
      harvest your crops using the stylis.  You just need to touch them on the
      screen to ship them.  You will gain two fatigue points each time you use
      it.
      
      The Miracle Gloves:
      
      You can also buy them for 100,000,000 medals from the casino. 
      Supposedly, they work like the miracle gloves from harvest moon 3.  If
      you throw a crop with them equipped, it will be transported directly to
      your shipping bin. Using them will gain you two points of fatigue.
      
      Well, that's about it for what I know about in the game for accessories. 
      I think this is most of them but their could be more.  If you know of
      something that I don't have here feel free to email me about it.  I
      haven't gotten the last god hand for miracle gloves yet, but I can guess
      about their uses from the stores description of them and their uses in
      previous games.    
      
      13. Cooking and Recipes
      ------------------------------
      
      This section is long overdo.  Between Two emails and the work my
      brothers and I did, we have all the recipes already composite.  I just
      thought the other sections were more important to get into the guide
      first.  A special thanks goes out to starcat19689 and hmwizard14 for
      their help with this section.  Using the information they sent me and
      cooking a little myself, I have been able to compile all of the game's
      recipes.  They sent me most of the simple ones.  The harder ones such as
      elli leaves are the same as they were in mineral town as are some of the
      other recipes.  Thanks a lot to both of you for all your hard work with
      out you this section wouldn't be possible.  
      
      Cooking:
      
      Harvest Moon DS continues the proud tradition of cooking in a long line
      of harvest moon games.  Cooking food provides you with several more
      options for using crops and the products you gather from your animals
      and in the wild.  It will allow you to recover more stamina and fatigue
      than eating the items in their raw form.  Cooking items can also be used
      as gifts to increase the valley's people's affection and friendship
      ratings better than the items alone.  Finally, it can serve as an
      additional source of income.  Shipping cooked food will provide you with
      hire profits than the raw ingredients as well.  If you want to ship
      cooked food, you need to put it in the basket and then dump the basket
      into the shipping box.  You cannot place cooked food directly into the
      shipping box.  
      
      You need several things before you can begin cooking.  First, you need
      to buy the kitchen and the utensils.  You can purchase the kitchen from
      the TV shopping network after you buy the first house upgrade. Once, you
      have the kitchen, the utensils will also become available for purchase. 
      Their are five cooking utensils in all; the frying pan, the oven, the
      steamer, the pot, the mixer, and you can cook without a utensil.  The
      kitchen costs 4000g and the utensils cost between 1500g and 2500g.  The
      process of cooking is very similar to the process in mineral town.
      
      In order to cook a dish, first you need to select a utensil or no
      utensils in some cases.  They you select up to 8 ingredients either from
      your runk sack or the refrigerator.  The game will then allow you to
      prepare the recipe.  If you combination is successful, the game will
      save the recipe for future use.  You can look up the recipes by their
      utensils by selecting the "look up a recipe" option where they are
      sorted by cooking implement.  If you try a combination that is not a
      recipe the game will yield one of six failed dishes.  While these seem
      worthless mistakes, they are used in several of the recipes so save them
      in the fridge for future use.  The type you get depends on the food and
      utensil used for the attempt.
      
      I have a complete list of the recipes gathered below.  Note, most of
      these came from the two emails from starcat19689 and hmwizard14 I only
      had to find about a dozen or so of them on my own.  Thanks again guys. 
      Note, I am only listing the default ingredients to each recipe.  You can
      add other things than just what is listed here.  Experiment and you will
      find other combinations that work just as well.  For example, you can
      substitute one type of vegetable or fruit for the ones listed below. 
      The recipes are in order by utensil.
      
      Recipes:
      
      No Utensil Recipes: 
      
      Salad: cucumber
      Sandwich: tomatoes + cabbage + bread
      Fruit Sandwich: Orange + Strawberry + bread
      Pickled Turnips: turnips
      Pickled Cucumber: cucumber
      Bamboo Rice: bamboo shoots + rice balls
      Matsuke Rice: matsuke mushroom + rice balls
      Mushroom Rice: shitake mushroom + rice balls
      Sushi: sashimi + rice balls
      Raisin Bread: wild grapes + bread
      Sashimi: large fish
      Charashi Sushi: sashimi + scrambled eggs + rice balls + cucumber
      Buckwheat Chips: buckwheat flour
      Ice cream: Egg + Milk 
      Elli Leaves: All six types of failed dishes + Turbojolt XL + bodygizer
      XL
      
      Pot Recipes:
      Hot Milk: milk
      Hot Chocolate: milk + chocolate
      Wild Grape Wine: grape + wine + purple grass
      Pumpkin Stew: pumpkin
      Fish Stew: large fish 
      Boiled Spinach: spinach
      Boiled Egg: egg
      Candid Potato: yam
      Dumplings: cabbage + flour + oil + onion
      Strawberry Jam: strawberries
      Grape Jam: grapes
      Apple Jam: apples
      Marmalade: oranges
      Cheese Fondue: cheese + bread
      Noodles: flour
      Curry Noodles: noodles + curry powder
      Tempera Noodles: tempra + noodles
      Buckwheat Noodles: buckwheat flour
      Tempra Buckwheat Noodles: buckwheat flour + tempra
      Mountain Stew: carrot + bamboo shoots + shitake mushroom
      Rice Soup: rice balls
      Porridge: rice balls + milk
      Tempra Rice: tempra + rice balls
      Egg Over Rice: egg + rice balls
      Stew: milk + flour
      Curry Rice: rice balls + curry powder 
      Blue Curry: rice balls + curry powder + blue grass
      Green Curry: rice balls + curry powder + green grass
      Red Curry: rice balls + curry powder + red grass
      Yellow Curry: rice balls + curry powder + yellow grass
      Orange Curry: rice balls + curry powder + orange grass
      Purple Curry: rice balls + curry powder + purple grass
      Indigo Curry: rice balls + curry powder + indigo grass
      Black Curry: rice balls + curry powder + black grass
      White Curry: rice balls + curry powder + white grass
      Rainbow Curry: blue curry + red curry + yellow curry + green curry +
      orange curry + purple curry + indigo curry + curry rice
      Ultimate Curry: rainbow curry + black curry + 6 types of failed dishes
      Finest Curry: rainbow curry + white curry+ 6 types of failed dishes
      Relaxation Tea: relaxation tea leaves
      
      
      Oven Recipes:
      
      Bake Corn: corn
      Toasted Rice Balls: rice balls 
      Roasted Rice Cakes: rice cakes
      Baked Yam: yams
      Toast: bread
      Jam Bun: milk + egg + jam
      Dinner Role: egg + milk + butter
      Pizza: cheese + flour + ketchup
      Doria: Onion + butter + milk + rice balls + flour
      Buckwheat Ball: egg + flour + buckwheat flour
      Gratin: onion+ butter + milk + cheese + flour
      Sweet Potatoes: egg + butter + yam
      Cookies: egg + flour + butter
      Chocolate Cookies: butter + cookies + chocolate
      Cake: egg + butter + flour + apple
      Chocolate Cake: egg + butter + flour + apple + chocolate
      Cheesecake: cheese + egg + milk
      Apple Pie: apple + flour + butter + egg
      
      frying pan recipes:
      
      Stir Fry: oil + cabbage
      Fried Rice: rice balls + oil + egg
      Savory Pancakes: cabbage + flour + oil + egg
      French Fries: oil + potato
      Croquette: potato + flour + onion + oil + egg
      Popcorn: corn
      cornflakes: corn + milk
      Happy Eggplant: eggplant
      Scrambled Eggs: eggs + oil
      Omelet: egg + oil + milk
      Omelet Rice: milk + egg + oil + rice balls
      Apple Souffl‚: apples
      Curry Bread: curry + bread
      French Toast: egg + oil + bread
      Doughnut: egg+ milk + butter + flour + oil
      Grilled Fish: medium fish 
      Fried Thick Noodles: oil + noodles
      Fired Noodles: buckwheat flour + oil
      Tempra: egg + oil + flour
      Pancake: egg+ milk + flour + oil
      Pot Sticker: cabbage + onion + flour + oil
      Risotto: tomato + onion + oil + rice balls
      Dry Curry: rice balls + curry powder
      
      Steamer Recipes
      Moon Dumplings: dumplings + flour
      Green Dumplings: rice cakes + weed
      Bamboo Dumplings: rice cake + bamboo shoots
      Steamed Bun: flour + oil
      Cheese Steamed Bun: cheese + flour + oil
      Shaomi: onion + cabbage + egg + flour
      Steamed Egg: egg+ bamboo shoots + shitake mushroom
      Chinese Bun: shitake mushrooms + kamugi + bamboo shoots + carrots
      Curry Bun: flour + curry powder
      Steamed Dumplings: cabbage + onion + oil + flour
      Sponge Cake: egg + flour
      Steamed Cake: egg + milk + flour + oil
      Pudding: egg + milk
      Pumpkin Pudding: egg + milk + pumpkin
      
      Mixer Recipes:
      
      Pineapple Juice: pineapple
      Tomato Juice: tomato
      Peach Juice: peach
      Bandana Juice: banana
      Orange Juice: orange
      Apple Juice: apple
      Strawberry Milk: strawberry + milk
      Fruit Juice: any two fruits
      Fruit Latte: fruit juice + milk
      Vegetable Juice: any two vegetables 
      Vegetable Latte: vegetable juice + milk
      Mixed Juice: fruit juice + vegetable juice
      Mixed Latte: futile latte + vegetable latte
      Ketchup: tomato + onion
      Butter: milk
      Fish Stick: small fish + large fish
      
      Well, that is all of the recipes I have found.  The list on my game is
      complete, so I am assuming I have them all.  If you have one that is not
      listed here, please email it to me and I will add it.  Happy cooking
      everyone.
      
      
      14. Quick Start Mini guide
      ------------------------------------------
      A special thanks goes out to my two brothers for helping me find and
      develop this little quick start trick.
      
      Warning, while this tactical start works, it also ruins the neat balance
      on the system set up by the game.  Some people might view it as
      cheating, but it works.  As most of you know, you start the game out
      with only iron tools and 100 pts of stamina and fatigue.  Each swing of
      a tool will burn two points of stamina or two points of fatigue if your
      stamina is depleted.  You also start with a basic house, no materials,
      your runk sack, one outdoor shipping box, 500g, and two bags of turnips. 
      Also, only three of the harvest sprites are unlocked and you cannot hire
      any of them to the 8th at the earliest.  Basically you have nothing and
      it is supposed to take you two to three years to get on your feet. 
      However, I have found a tactic that can have you being a millionaire
      before the 15th of your first spring.  Read on if you want to take the
      easy way out.
      
      Well, the game expects you to spend your first day planting your two
      existing bags of turnips and for you to buy and plant two more from the
      store.  This will deplete most of your money and stamina between
      planting and watering them.  Then your supposed to spend the rest of the
      first day foraging for wild crops to ship and gathering materials if you
      have any strength remaining.  But, you are going to want to do something
      else completely.  In fact, if you are following  this approach, you
      probably won't gather material or start your farm until the middle of
      spring or begin working on your wife or harvest sprites for that matter. 
      So, lets get started.  
      
      Spring 2
      
      Get up on your first morning and immediately leave your farm.  Don't
      prepare any soil or plant any seeds.  Head directly downward and turn
      left at the fork in the road.  Next, follow the road over and across the
      bridge past Vesta's farm. Head over to the next intersection and take
      the upward path that leads to the waterfall and more importantly the dig
      site.  Enter the dig site cave and save your game on the first file. 
      Note, this is where the mines are located later, but they aren't
      available yet.  However they will be shortly and they are key to your
      success.  Equip the hoe and start to plow the ground in the room looking
      for dig site items.  Whenever you find jewelry memorize its location and
      continue to dig to find some more.  Then, when your strength is
      depleted, load your game and dig up the items from memory.  This will
      give you several sellable items for only 2 points of stamina for fatigue
      each.  Each time you exit the dig site, the floor will reset and
      distribute additional items randomly.  Repeat this process until you
      have about 30 to 40 pieces of jewelry.  Then, wait outside the door of
      the mine for 10pm to arrive.  You can forage nearby if you want and have
      the time to do it.  At 10pm reenter the mine and you will have a short
      cut scene with carter where he borrows your hammer to open the first
      mine.  After the first mine is open, go back home and go to bed.  
      Don't ship anything just yet.
      
      Spring 3
      Get up and go back to the dig site cave just as you did the day before. 
      Once you arrive, head over to the left corner and enter the first mine. 
      Work your way down to the bottom floor which is the tenth.  You can do
      this by falling one floor at a time through the holes or by saving your
      game and digging your way down with the hoe.  When you reach the bottom
      floor, kill the chick monster by hitting it with your hammer twice and
      return to the surface.  Once you emerge, use the digging trick from the
      first day and gather another 10 to 15 pieces of jewelry from the first
      dig site floor.  Then exit the dig site and head back towards town.  Go
      back across the bridge and go to the inner inn and go up to the second
      floor.  In the upper left hand corner you will find that Van has come to
      town and opened his shop.  Talk to him and select the sell items option
      at the bottom of his list.  Sell him all of the stuff that you dug up
      from the dig site over the last two days.  He will pay you about 1900 to
      2500g per item which time the 35 to 40 items you have will yield a
      profit of about 60,000g to 80,000g which isn't bad for what you have to
      work with.  But this isn't all the trick has to it.  
      
      You are going to give all the money right back to Van.  He has a number
      of tempting items for sale, but you want to buy 8 turbojolt XL's and
      spend the rest on bodygizer XL's.  This will give you about 40 to 50 of
      them. Next, exit the inn and head back over to the dig site entrance and
      wait for 10pm to arrive again.  Head inside and the cut scene will
      repeat, except this time Carter will use your hammer to open the second
      mine.  After you complete this head home and go to bed.  
      
      Spring 4
      
      Get up and . . . you guessed it, head back over to the dig site area and
      take the second door to enter the second mine.  This is where it gets a
      little complicated.  The second mine has 255 floors to it and you need
      to work your way down to floor 100.  You want to do this by falling
      though holes in the floor and dodging the enemy's every 30 floors or so,
      you should stop to drink a bodygizer XL to completely replenish your
      stamina.  Once you reach floor 100 or greater, you can really start
      making some money.  Start saving your game before you fall though the
      holes in the floor.  What you are looking for are floors that are a
      multiple of either 3 or 10 greater than 100.  You will be able to tell
      them apart because the multiples of 3 are really tall and the multiples
      of 10 are huge.  If you fall past one of these floors, you can just load
      your game and fall though the hole again.  Or you may want to dig down
      one floor at a time with the hoe to avoid missing them.  Now here's how
      to make money.
      
      When you arrive on one of these floors, the fist thing you need to do is
      save your game.  Then take the sickle or hammer and kill and of the
      chicken and chick monster's on the floor and save your game again. You
      can easily dodge the bugs because they just move in a single straight
      line and are easily avoided.  Now, take the hammer and break all the
      rocks on the floor.  You are looking for two particular items.  You want
      either the pink diamonds or the Alexandrite, which look like a small
      vertical green shaped bar.  Remember where they are when you find them. 
      Once you clear the floor of rocks load your game and go back and dig
      them back up conserving your stamina.  You will usually only find one on
      a floor that is a multiple of 3 and 1 to 3 of them on a floor that is a
      multiple of 10.  Pile them up in your ruck sack and continue onwards
      repeating this hunting process.  Make sure to drink a bodygizer XL every
      15 floors or so to keep your stamina up.  Try not to become fatigued.  
      
      Once you reach the 255 floor, kill all of the bugs on it and the door
      leading to the maidens house will open and you can enter it.  She will
      be waiting there and gives you the legendary sword which is needed to
      reach the field behind the waterfall later in the game.  Once you have
      it return to the surface.  You will then need to make another two trips
      down the mine on the 4th day or until you run out of stamina.  Each run
      will use up around 15 bodigizers and a turbo jolt or two. This means you
      can make about 3 runs without running out of supplies.  Take only the
      pink diamonds and alexandrite and leave the rest of them down there. 
      When your done go home and go to bed.  Be aware, that this is a major
      time commitment.  It takes about 2 to 2 and 1/2 hours to make one run of
      the mine.  So, it will take you 8-9 hours real time to do this.  
      
      Spring 5-7
      
      Now is the time to kick back and relax a little bit.  You can get your
      farm started and plant and water the two bags of turnips you have.  You
      can also gather material and forage to start gaining a small amount of
      income.  If you have a girl you want to marry you can start courting her
      and making friends with the rest of the town.  Your options will be
      pretty limited because you will have no money and no way to recover
      strength outside of eating wild plants but be patient.  You should focus
      these three days on getting some of the easier harvest sprites by
      examining the various areas in town and other easy ones.  Make sure to
      get all the casino and staff sprites unlocked.  Also, you can head over
      to the dig site again late at night to open the third mine the same way
      that you opened the other two.  
      
      On Saturday, make sure to head over to Galen's house between 11:00 and
      1:00 pm without a tool equipped and you will receive the fishing pole
      when you enter the his house after a short cut scene.  
      
      Spring 8 
      
      This is the next big day because it is the next day that Van returns to
      town.  Head over to inner inn at 10:00 when his store opens and go talk
      to van.  From the 4th you should get between 35 and 45 pink diamonds or
      alexandrite per run, multiply by three runs, and you have roughly 105 to
      120 of them.  You can sell each of them to Van for a little over 10,000g
      each which should yield just over 1,000,000g.  You want to buy 300
      bodygizer XL's and 100 Turbojolt XL's Once your done here, head over
      across the bridge to unlock roller who will give you access to medals
      and the ability to buy items from the harvest sprite shop.  Head up to
      the sprite tree and Buy 3000 medals for 30,000g and buy yourself the
      teleport stone and the information bracelet.  The first will allow you
      to travel around the map and the second will let you know how much
      stamina and fatigue you have when it is equipped.  This makes it easier
      to keep track of them when you are mining to make better use of your
      supplies.  You can use the rest of your money to buy whatever you want
      or save it for later.  
      
      Spring 9 and onward.  
      
      Over the next week or so, you will probably want to make another 6 to 8
      runs of the second mine to gather money. You can use the money from
      these runs to get your farm jump started and buy pretty much whatever
      you want.  You need to start having Carter build the structures on your
      farm one at a time. You also need to start getting your tools upgraded
      to the mystrile level.  You can find the ore you need on the bottom
      floor of mine one.  It takes 5 days and 5,000g each to upgrade them from
      the black smith.  Start with the tools you have experience with and make
      sure not to do the hoe or hammer too soon, because you cannot mine
      without them.  If you require experience with a tool, you can get it on
      the second floor of the inn by buying medicine from van and using it in
      the air to advance the experience meter.  Once you have them all
      upgraded, you can then start finding the cured tools in the third mine
      on specific floor that I haven't found yet as well as the mythic stones
      when the time comes.  I will include their locations in a future version
      of this guide.  
      
      Just a final note about this section.  Some people may consider this
      idea to be cheap and cheating. If you think this isn't right then don't
      do it.  This is a fun game with plenty to explore.  This just gives you
      access to money early in the game.  Each person is entitled to their own
      opinion and choices of how to play the game.  My brother's and I found
      this option and decided to share it.  Use it if you want to.  One other
      important thing to mention is, while this produces money in only a few
      game days, it takes several hours of real time to make a run of the
      mine.  This works well for the short term, but you need to switch your
      focus to farming in the long run for three reasons.  First, you need to
      do farming to advance the game and open the harvest sprites.  Secondly,
      this is harvest moon, not maniac miners.  If all you want to do is dig
      up rocks to make money then you're playing the wrong game.  Finally, I
      have a degree in mathematics and I can prove it mathematically that you
      can make more money growing crops than mining like this with less real
      time involved.  I will provide the detailed proof to this in a later
      version of the guide.  Overall, this is a useful approach to get you on
      your feet, but it has it's limits. Good luck all.  
      
      
      15. The People of the Valley
      ---------------------------------
      I have received quite a few emails requesting a section outlining and
      describing the residents of forget me not valley.  So, I am adding this
      long overdue section to the guide.  I spent some time in the game
      researching each of the people in the game and what they like and don't
      like.  I also have most of their birthdays.  I have been giving gifts
      out for a long time and I have been keeping track of when they thank me
      for a gift on their birthday.  Just as a side note, you won't find any
      of the girls that you can normally marry in the game in this section. 
      They are listed with their likes and dislikes in the marriage section
      along with their heart events.  The information I am putting in this
      section is already included with them in the marriage section of the
      game.  So, I don't see any point to tying it all out a second time.  
      
      All of the people in the valley have a friendship score.  The girls you
      can marry also have one in addition to their affection score.  The score
      can be set from 0 to 255 and you can increase it in several ways. The
      higher the score is, the more you are supposedly friends with the
      person. The primary ways is by giving people in town gifts.   The more
      they like the item you give them, the more friendship points they will
      gain from it. Only the first gift counts each day.  Making friends with
      the town's people will trigger various events around the valley and
      supposedly influences your son's career path.  I don't know, because my
      son hasn't been born yet.  I will keep you posted on their impact in a
      future section of guide.  There is a glitch that you can use to raise a
      person's friendship meter.  You can show them either your dog or your
      cat and they will gain one point of friendship.  This can be repeated
      any number of times a day until their meter tops at 255.  
      
      The following people live in forget me not valley.  I have their likes
      and birthday listed as well as a short description of who they are.  I
      will also list any non window-dressing events that I have triggered with
      them.  They are in no particular order.  
      
      Valley Folks:
      
      Name: Walley
      Birthday: fall 10 
      
      Walley is a jogging health nut who lives in the valley with his wife
      Chris and his son Hugh.  You can find him at his house up from blue bar
      in the morning and running around the valley during the rest of the day.
      Walley is one of the people who can influence your son's development.
      Being a health nut we likes yogurt from the yogurt maker and most
      vegetable dishes.
      
      Name: Chris
      Birthday: Spring 20
      
      Chris is Walley's wife and Hugh's mother.  They live together in the
      large house above blue bar.  She is a sincere woman who is employed
      outside of the valley.  You can find her at home during the morning and
      evening hours. You can also catch her on her commute to work during the
      week.  She is gentle natured and likes to receive flowers and diamonds
      as presents.  
      
      Name: Hugh
      Birthday: Fall 28
      
      Hugh is the son of Walley and Chris.  He is a health nut in training as
      he takes after his father.  He really is a sweet boy with a very short
      attention span. You can find him running around the valley and at home
      early in the morning and late at night.  Hush likes chocolate and most
      sweet things.  
      
      Name: Sebastian
      Birthday: Fall 23
      
      Sebastian is the butler to Romanna up at the villa.  He cooks and cleans
      for her and Lumina.  Sebastian is concerned with Romanna's declining
      health and talks about it frequently.  He pretty much stays at the villa
      for most of the day, but sometimes he wanders a little ways from it.  He
      likes flowers and boiled fish.
      
      Name: Romanna
      Birthday: Spring 2
      
      Romanna lives at the villa on the top of the hill.  She is an old woman
      with failing health who is very set in her ways.  Still, she loves her
      family and offers kind hospitality to visitors to her quiet home.  She
      serves as the Matron to the valley.  Romanna likes flowers and
      relaxation tea leaves.  
      
      Name: Carter
      Carter: Spring 11
      
      Carter lives and works at the dig site with Flora in a tent.  His entire
      life seems to revolve around that cave.  He is involved with the events
      that open the mines for you to explore.  Carter is dedicated to his task
      convinced that his ancestor's remains are still in the dig site.  He
      loves lithographs from the mines and vegetable dishes.  
      
      Name: Nina
      Birthday: Spring 28
      
      Nina is the wife of Galen and lives in the small house on the hill south
      of the dig site.  She is a kind old woman who likes to chat about the
      valley and it's history.  She likes wool and milk.
      
      Name: Galen
      Birthday: Winter 9
      
      Galen is Nina's husband and lives with her in the small house on the
      hill.  Like his wife, he likes to talk about the valley and share some
      of his aged wisdom.  He is also involved in the event that will give you
      the fishing pole.  (See the fishing section for details)  Galen likes
      fish and food cooked with tempra.
      
      Name: Cody
      Birthday: Winter 28 
      
      Cody is an artist that lives in the tin hut in the southwest corner of
      town.  He may seem scary at first look, but he is a nice guy once you
      get to know him.  He can influence your child's development if you
      befriend him.  He loves to receive wool and ore as presents.
      
      Name: Gustafa
      Birthday: Spring 3
      
      Gustafa is the local hippie who lives in the shack next to the river. 
      He is a laid back guy who loves to sing and play music.  He stays in his
      home and wanders around the valley during the day.  He can also
      influence your child if you make friends with him.  Gustafa loves
      Popcorn and flowers.  
      
      Name: Kassey
      Birthday: Winter 11
      
      Kassey is one of the two pyrotechnic twins who makes the fireworks for
      the summer festival.  He lives with his bother Patrick in the water
      tower on the west side of the valley.  He is a fun guy who loves to
      receive Jewelry as a present.
      
      Name: Patrick
      Birthday: Winter 11
      
      Kassey is one of the two pyrotechnic twins who makes the fireworks for
      the summer festival.  He lives with his bother Kassey in the water tower
      on the west side of the valley. Patrick loves diamonds as presents. 
      
      Name: Grant
      Birthday: Winter 3
      
      Grant lives next to Walley with his daughter Kate.  Like Chris, we works
      for a company outside of the valley, which means you can catch him
      coming or going and at home during the morning and evening.  He likes a
      slower paced life style with his daughter in the valley.  Grant loves
      noodle dishes and toast with butter.
      
      Name: Kate 
      Birthday: Summer 15
      
      Kate is Grant's daughter and lives with her father in the house next to
      Walley's.  She is a cute little girl with a spoiled streak.  You can
      find her at home in the morning and wandering around the valley at other
      times.  She is easy to make friends with and likes cheese as a present. 
      
      Name: Marlin
      Birthday: Spring 24
      
      Marlin lives on Vesta's farm and helps out there.  He keeps mostly to
      himself at first, but if you get on his good side he is a nice guy to
      know.  He primarily stays around the farm, but he also sometimes goes
      for a walk up to the goddess spring.  Marlin is also the rival to Celia. 
      He likes colored grass and wine as a gift.
      
      Name: Vesta
      Birthday: Spring 28
      
      Vesta runs the crop farm on the other side of the bridge.  She is jolly
      woman who lives with Celia and Marlin.  She also runs a shop that sells
      all the seeds that Karen does as well as the tree seeds in the game. 
      Vesta took in Celia as a young child and wants to see her grow up happy
      and find somebody to love.  She likes the colored grasses and flowers
      for gifts.
      
      Name: Dr. Hardy
      Birthday: Spring 12
      
      Dr. Hardy is the resident physician in forget me not valley.  He looks
      after all of the villagers here, especially Romanna.  If you get to know
      him, he will advise you how to live a healthy life style. He is also
      involved in the events around the birth of your child.  He loves colored
      grasses and fish.  
      
      Name: Griffin
      Birthday: Spring 13
      
      Griffin runs the blue bar after hours in the valley.  His establishment
      is the place to unwind after a hard day of farming and to relax and have
      a drink.  Griffin is a laid back worker who shares his home with Muffy. 
      In fact, he will server as your rival for her in the love game.  He is
      fun to hang out with once you get to know him.  Griffin is a big fan of
      fish and wine.  
      
      Name: Daryl
      Birthday: Summer 29
      
      Daryl is the resident mad scientist of the valley.  He lives in the
      messy trailer just north of turtle swamp.  He is a bit reclusive and
      rarely leaves his home where he conducts weird experiments.  Daryl is an
      important person to get to know, if you want to marry Leia.  The mermaid
      currently lives in his basement and he will allow you access after you
      get his love points up to 100.  He also will influence your child's
      career and serves as your rival to Leia.  He likes colored grasses and
      fish.  
      
      Name: Ruby
      Birthday: Summer 11
      
      Ruby runs inner inn directly below your farm.  She is a decent cooks
      offering open door hospitality.  She lives at the inn with Rock and Nami
      and allows the visitors from mineral town a place to stay when they are
      in town.  Ruby likes to cook, so she is fond of getting cooked food and
      dislikes most other things
      
      Name: Rock
      Birthday: Spring 9
      
      Rock lives at the inner in with Ruby and Nami.  He is a laid back
      carefree hippie in training.  Rock will share his world views of
      laziness with you if you get to know him well enough.  He also serves as
      your rival to Nami.  Rock loves yogurt and cheese as gifts.
      
      Name: Taknaka
      Birthday: Summer 18
      
      Taknaka lives on your farm and will offer you advice from time to time
      about farming. He also spends his days talking with Potpourri when she
      comes to town on her days off.  Otherwise you can find him at his house
      early in the morning, but he likes to wander around for the rest of the
      day.  He loves fish and stew to increase his friendship meter.
      
      Name: Mukumuku
      Birthday: Winter 1
      
      Well, it really isn't a person, but it is an intelligent creature that
      comes to the valley during the winter.  I don't know if winter 1 is
      really it's birthday, but it was even happier than usual when I gave it
      a gift on the first day of winter.  Mukumuku is a yeti from unknown
      parts that visits the valley in winter.  While it doesn't talk, you can
      give it gifts and make friends with it.  It likes most cooked food as
      long as it doesn't contain chocolate.  
      
      Name: Murry
      Birthday: Fall 29
      
      Murry is the valley hobo.  He is homeless and wanders around the valley
      trying to mooch food off of the other inhabitants.  Murry will take
      almost anything as a gift other than the obvious stuff like weeds and
      red grass.  He is a neat character to interact with due to his pleasant
      appearance (sarcasm intended) and limited vocabulary. Murry wanders
      around the valley during the day and sneaks into the harvest sprite tree
      during the night for a place to sleep.  Murry serves as the rival to no
      one because he isn't all that attractive.  He is especially fond of
      dairy products and eggs.
      
      If you connect your game to a Harvest Moon fomt or mfomt game pack,
      other individuals will come and visit your town on their days off from
      work.  You can find a complete schedule in the linking section of the
      guide.  You make friends with them in the same way you make friends with
      the people of the valley.  Again they are listed in no particular order. 
      
      
      Mineral Town Folk: 
      
      Name: Gary
      Birthday: Winter 6
      
      Gary runs the blacksmith shop in mineral town and will upgrade her tools
      build the makers for you.  Gary is a hard working individual dedicated
      to the quality of his work.  He will visit the valley on Thursdays and
      helps Flora and Carter out at the dig site.  Gary likes ores from the
      mines and chocolate cake.  He is the rival for Mary from mineral town.  
      
      Name: Cliff
      Birthday: Summer 6
      
      Cliff is another resident from mineral town who will visit the valley if
      you link the games.  He works at the vineyard in mineral town, not that
      you could learn that from this game.  He is a laid back traveling guy
      with a kind attitude.  You can find him at the harvest spring during
      when he visits on.  Gary serves as the rival for Ann if you are trying
      to marry her. Cliff likes milk and eggs.
      
      Name: Rick
      Birthday: Fall 27
      
      Rick runs and operates the yodel ranch on mineral town.  Probably after
      the old man Barley Passed on.  Rick is Potpourri's sister and will visit
      the valley on Sundays.  You can find him wandering around town and up at
      the harvest spring.  Rick serves as the rival for Karen in the game.  He
      likes eggs, milk, and most other items that you produce on your farm.  
      
      Name: Dr. Trent
      Birthday: Fall 19
      
      Dr. Trent is a the doctor from the mineral town clinic. He is caring
      individual who looks after the health of the valley's residents.  He can
      be found at Romanna's in looking after Romanna.  He will visit the
      valley on Wednesdays.  Dr. Trent is the rival for Ellie from mineral
      town.  He likes Mushrooms and wild grasses.  
      
      Name: Kai
      Birthday: Summer 22
      
      Kai is an interesting traveler that will visit the valley during the
      summer.  He is good natured and runs the snack stand on the beach during
      the warmest season of the year.  His stand has a wide variety of good
      food that you can purchase to restore stamina during the summer months. 
      Kai serves as the rival for Potpourri.  He likes eggs and most cooked
      food.  
      
      Name: Gotz
      Birthday: Fall 2 
      
      Gotz is a carpenter from mineral town who is in charge of building all
      your house extension.  He is good natured and loves to burry himself in
      his work.  Gotz will visit the valley when you ask him to build
      something or on Saturdays when his shop is closed.  You can find Gotz
      looking for material around the construction site when he isn't working.
      He likes yams and milk.
      
      Name: Thomas
      Birthday: Summer 25
      
      Thomas is the mayor of mineral town.  He lost a game of rock, paper,
      scissors and now has to pick up your shipments.  He will visit the
      valley at your farm at 5:00 on all days except holidays to pick up your
      shipments.  He also attends most of the festivals and has several other
      events he is involved in.  Thomas primarily serves as a source of humor
      in the game.  He fights with both you can the harvest sprites during
      several small cut scenes.  He also appears with the mineral town sprites
      to build the second hot springs and harvest any giant crops that grow in
      your field.  However, Thomas is a nice guy when you get to know him with
      a great sense of humor.  He likes potatoes and most foods that contain
      them.  He also likes milk and eggs in a pinch.
      
      Name: Van
      Birthday: Fall 3
      
      Van is a traveling salesman who visits mineral town on the days ending
      in 3 and 8 of each month.  During that time, he runs a small shop on the
      second floor of inner inn from 10:00 am to 6:00 pm by the crate you find
      Jet at. He sells a wide variety of items and accessories including the
      TV and DVD players and DVD's.  He also has several accessories and the
      bodigizers and turbojolt.  These make his shop very important to the
      game because you will be relying off of them to keep your stamina full
      for mining and working on the farm.  You can also sell items to van for
      2 to 3.5 times the amount that you ship them out for.  This is
      especially important if you want to sell the expensive items from the
      mine.  Van may be fat, but he is a pretty good guy with lots of money to
      spend and lots to sell.  He loves to receive eggs and egg dishes as
      presents.    
      
      
      Well, that is everyone I have met so far.  There may be one or two more
      to find and if I do I will add them later to the guide.  
      
      16.  Festivals and other events in the game.  
      --------------------------------------------------
      
      Well, I decided to add another section to the guide because I think it
      needs to be done.  The purpose of this section is to outline the
      festivals and some of the random events found in the game.  They are
      listed below for your convince.
      
      Festivals:
      
      Festivals have been part of the harvest moon experience from the start
      of the series.  They provide a fun diversion from the game's usual
      activities.  Additionally, they also provide more information about the
      game and allow you to make friends and meet new people.  They also
      unlock secrets in the game are just fun.  Attendance to a festival is
      always optional, but they are a fun aspect of the game.  Please note
      however, that you will need to plan your work around the schedule of the
      festival for the day.  Also, the harvest sprites will not work on a
      festival day and the business will close during festivals, so plan your
      work and purchases accordingly.  Listed below are the festivals and a
      description about each of them.  
      
      Spring Festivals:
      Day   Festival 
      1     New Years Day Festival
      14    Spring Thanks Giving Festival
      18    Duck Festival
      22    Cooking Festival
      
      New Years Day Festival:
      Day: 1
      Location: Beach 6pm to 12:00 am
      
      The new years day festival take place on the first day of the year.  It
      takes place at the beach and you can go in the evening.  The towns
      people all talk about starting the new year off right and trade ideas
      about their lives for the coming year.  You will also be eating rice
      cakes at the festival.  Talk to the mayor when you are ready to eat and
      he will start the process.  After you consume the rice cakes, the mayor
      will comment that they made too much and offer to let you take some home
      with you.  You will be transported back home and wakeup the next day. 
      You will be holding 10 rice cakes if your rucksack has an empty space
      for them.  
      
      Spring Thanks Giving Festival:
      Day: 14 
      Location: Your Farm All day
      
      This festival is a little different from the others.  You will be able
      to work all day uninterrupted with the usual going involved in attending
      a festival.  The harvest sprites and the businesses still take the day
      off. The purpose of this festival is to give cake to the girl that you
      want to marry.  You will get quite a few love points for your trouble if
      you give her some cake.  It can trigger a neat cut scene if the girl
      really likes you.
      
      Duck Festival
      Day: 18     
      Location: Beach 10:00 am to 6:00 pm
      
      The duck festival takes place on the beach in the morning.  To enter,
      you need to have an adult duck who is not sick.  Popuri will stop by the
      day before to collect your entry in the morning.  You can go to the
      beach and talk to the villagers about ducks.  Then see Popuri when you
      wish to start the judging.  It takes 8 hearts to win the festival.  If
      you win, you duck will start laying golden eggs when its heart level
      reaches 10.  
      
      Cooking Festival
      Day: 22      
      Location: Beach 10:00 am to 6:00 pm
      
      This festival takes place at the beach in the morning.  If you want to
      participate you need to have the kitchen installed as well as the
      ingredients and recipe needed to make your entry.  When you first go to
      the festival, talk to the mayor and the gourmet.  They will tell you the
      theme for the year and then you will be transported back to your house
      to cook up the dish. Make your entry and take it back to the beach. 
      Have it held above your head and talk to the mayor to enter your dish in
      the competition.  Next, the gourmet will go through each of the entries
      one by one and grade them.  This can be serious or comical depending on
      your entry.  If you have the best entry you will win the contest and the
      acknowledgement of the town.  
      
      Summer Festivals :
      
      Beach Festival:
      Date: 1 
      Location Beach 10:00 - 6:00 pm
      
      This festival takes place on the first day of summer at the beach.  It
      is to welcome Kai for the season and celebrate the beginning of summer. 
      You can show up any time during the listed interval and the festival
      will still be the same.  You can talk to the villagers about their
      summer lives and hobbies.  The festival ends when you talk to Kia and
      take him up on his offer of free food.
      
      Chicken Festival:
      Date: 7
      Location: Beach 10:00 am - 6:00 pm
      
      This festival is identical to the duck festival accept that it involves
      chickens instead of ducks.  Similarly to the duck festival, Popuri will
      show up the day before to collect a chicken for the festival.  The duck
      cannot be sick.  Again it takes about 9 to 10 hearts to win the festival
      and winning the festival will allow you to level up the chicken and
      allow you to get level 2 chickens by hatching its eggs.  
      
      Cow Festivals;
      Date: 20 
      Location: Beach 10:00 am - 6:00 pm
      
      This festival is similar to the other animal festivals.  Accept that it
      involves cows instead of the poultry from the farm.  Rick will show up
      the day before and ask you, which cow you want to enter. The cow must be
      adult and giving milk.  It also cannot be sick or pregnant.  You will
      need 9 to 10 hearts to win the event.  If you win, your cow will level
      up one level and you will be able to make more higher level cows by
      impregnating the winner.  
      
      Fireworks Festival:
      Date: 24
      Location: Beach 6:00 pm - midnight
      
      This festival takes place in the in the evening during the late summer. 
      If you attend, you can watch the fireworks that the pyrotechnic brothers
      worked hard all year on. It is a neat festival to attend and puts on one
      of the better displays.  This festival also allows you to date one of
      your perspective brides or your wife if you are already married.  Your
      girl friend will ask you to watch them with her and if you say yes it
      will raise her affection level.  
      
      Fall Festivals:
      
      Harvest Festival:
      Date: 9
      Location: Beach 10:00 am - 6:00 pm
      
      The harvest festival is a celebration of the bounty from farming.  If
      you go to the beach you will find everyone there.  The villagers will
      tell you about the feast that they are looking forward to.  The purpose
      of the festival is that the whole town is making a community stew and
      you are welcome to bring an item to the mix.  To add something to the
      pot talk to the mayor while you are holding it.  He will ask you if you
      have brought something for the pot and you if you say yes he will add it
      to the mixture.  There are two outcomes to the festival based on what
      you offer.  If you offer an normal item, everyone will tell you how much
      they loved the stew and that they are full.  The second option is to
      offer something poisonous like red grass or a toadstool.  This will make
      everyone unhappy after eating the stew.  They all blame each other for
      putting the bad ingredient in.  You need to do this for five years
      running if you want to marry the witch princess.  However, be aware that
      the friendship and affection ratings of the town will all go down if you
      offer something poisonous.
      
      Sheep Festival:
      Day: 20 
      Location: Beach 10:00 am - 6:00 pm
      
      This festival is the same as the cow festivals in all respects.  It
      takes 9 or more hearts to win and you will level up the sheep if you
      win.  Rick will show up the day before and ask you to select a sheep for
      the competition.  The sheep cannot be shorn, sick or pregnant.
      
      Pumpkin Festival:
      Day: 30
      Location: Your farm in the morning
      
      This festival takes place on your farm.  People, namely the valley kids
      will visit the farm and ask you for candy.  You can give them chocolate
      or any other sweet dish to make them happy.  Or you can offer them
      something else if you want a comical situation.  They stop showing up
      around noon.
      
      Winter Festivals:
      Winter Thanks Giving:
      Date: 14
      Location: Your farm all day
      
      This festival is just like the spring thanksgiving festival.  The
      exception is that the girls will be giving the guys sweets instead of
      the other way around.  If you are married, your wife will give you
      something while you sleep at night.  However, if you give a girl cake
      during the day it will up her affection greatly.  If you are not married
      yet, but you have a girl with a lot of affection, she may show up
      outside your house and offer you cake in the afternoon.  You need to
      walk in and out of your house to trigger the event.  If a girls friend
      shows up, it is a good indication that she is ready to be married to
      you.
      
      Winter Festivals:
      
      Winter Thanks Giving Festival:
      Day :14
      Location: Your Farm all day
      
      The winter thanksgiving festival is just like its spring counter part. 
      However, this time around the girls give you gifts instead of you giving
      them gifts.  There are two possibilities of where you can get a gift
      from.  The first is that if you are married, your wife will slip a slice
      of cake into your ruck sack while you are sleeping at the end of the
      day. The other situation is if you are not married.  In this case, a the
      girl you have the most love points with will come by your house in the
      afternoon and give you cake if you have enough affection points with
      them to trigger the event.  You need to walk in and out of your house
      sometime during the afternoon to trigger the event.  This will also
      increase the affection rating of the girl if you accept her gift of
      cake.
      
      Starry Night Festival:
      Day: 24
      Location: Beach 6:00 pm - midnight
      
      The Starry night festival takes place on the beach during the evening. 
      You will look out at the beautiful starlit sky.  You can also go on a
      date with your bride or girlfriend if they have enough affection points. 
      It really is an interesting festival to attend.
      
      Stocking Festival:
      Day: 25
      Location: Your house late evening
      
      This festival is like several of the other festival that really don't
      have a town gathering to attend.  The purpose of this festival is that
      after you go to sleep, Thomas will stop by and drop something into your
      stocking.  It usually turns out to be a gem from the second mine and its
      type is random. In order to participate in the festival, you first need
      to get the sock from Nina. (see below)
      
      New Years Festival:
      Day: 30 
      Location: Beach 6:00 pm - midnight
      
      This festival takes place on the last day of the year in the evening at
      the beach.  You can go there and talk to the villagers about a variety
      of things.  They comment on the past years accomplishments and looking
      forward to a new year. The festival also involves eating buckwheat
      noodles.  You can start the eat part of the festival by examining the
      table in from below.  This will start your character eating the noodles
      and wrap up the festival. At the end Thomas will comment that they made
      too much and offers to let you take some buck wheat flour home with you. 
      When you wake up the next morning, you will find 10 units of it in your
      ruck sack provided you have a free space.  
      
      
      Other Events:
      
      The festivals and heart events make up a large portion of the games
      interaction with the villagers. However, there a quite a few other
      little cut scenes that occur in the game that you can trigger under
      certain conditions.  I am going to list some of the ones that I have
      found in this section of the guide.  I will give you what I know about
      triggering them and a summary of the event.  This section will also have
      information about unlocking events that give you things like the fishing
      pole and opening the mines.  If you have witnessed other events than
      what are list here, you are welcome to write them up yourself and I will
      add them to the guide.  Email them to me at darkrangeresp@yahoo.com and
      I will give credit as always.  Thanks to all who contributed already.
      
      Get the Fishing Pole:
      
      This is the event that everyone keeps emailing me about so, I will go
      through it one more time here in detail.  You get the fishing pole from
      Glean in the game.  The event requires the following criteria to open
      it.  You need to head to Galen's house on a spring Saturday while it is
      sunny from 1:00 pm to 6:00 pm.  You may have to walk in and out of the
      house several times to trigger the event.  Also, make sure that you do
      not have anything equipped in your tool slot when you walk into the
      house or the event WILL NOT TRIGGER! The event involves Galen and Nina
      are doing a little spring cleaning and Galen has come across an old
      fishing rod.  He doesn't use it any more and decides to give it to you
      rather than to throw it away.  There is quite a bit of dialogue and you
      get to hear about Galen's youth.  The event ends with you exiting the
      house with the fishing rod in hand.
      
      Open the Mines:
      
      You will get to see this event a total of 4 times in the game, once for
      each of the mines you need to open.  To trigger this event you must
      visit the dig site either very late at night or very early in the
      morning.  Either after 10:00 pm or before 8:00 am.  The event will not
      trigger after midnight.  You also need to have the hammer equipped in
      your tool slot when you enter the dig site.  Carter will be standing by
      the back wall and tells you that he has found the entrance to a mine. 
      He asks to borrow your hammer to check to see if the mine is there. 
      After some chitchat, your character will walk up to the back wall of the
      dig site and hammer away at it.  This will open the pathway to the next
      mine where you can go digging and exploring.  
      
      Each of the mines must be opened in order and they all have special
      requirements.  To open the next mine, you need to have dug down to the
      bottom floor of the previous one and killed all the enemies on the
      bottom floor.  This can take quite a while in the game so be patient. 
      Also, in order to open the 4th mine you must have triggered Keria's
      black heart event.  See the marriage section for details.
      
      Get the Sock:
      
      This one is a little bit tricky to get.  This event lead to you getting
      the sock from Nina required for the stocking festival.  In order to
      trigger the event, you need to walk into Nina's house on a sunny
      afternoon after you have met the other requirements.  In order to get
      the sock from her, you need to have given Nina about 50 large wool and
      gotten her heart rate up to the maximum of 255.  You cannot use the cat
      and dog showing trick to open this event.  Once you trigger the event,
      you will walk into Nina's hut and she will tell you that she has been
      knitting a sock for you.  She also talks about the stocking festival and
      a few other things.  When you return home, you will find the stocking on
      the sock hook next to the TV.  You need the sock in order to get the
      free gift during the stocking festival.
      
      Thomas's winter Request:
      
      This event will happen on the second day of winter every year.  When you
      first walk outside your house for the morning you will be greeted by
      Mayor Thomas.  He will go through a long speech about a bet he made with
      the mayor of a neighboring town.  Then, he explains that he is in a bit
      of a bind and asks you for the item he needs to win the bet.  The item
      is random and hard to come by in the game.  The full list includes,
      green peppers, different colored grasses, truffles, bracelets, a
      specific type of gem from the mines, and a few other hard to find
      things.  You can respond to the request either by offering to fill it or
      not.  If you choose no, the mayor will walk away disappointed.  If you
      say yes, he tells you good and that he will be back around 5:00 to pick
      the item up. 
      If you say yes to this event, you had best make sure you have the item
      to give him.  If he shows up and you cannot deliver, your friendship
      points with everyone and your girls affection rating will drop.  The
      item is random, but there is a sneaky little trick you can use.  Save
      your game before you go outside.  If the mayor asks for something you
      don't have, then simply load your game.  When you walk outside the
      second time, the item will usually change.  You can repeat this trick
      until you get an item you can provide for the mayor.  If you give Thomas
      the item at the end of the day he will give you a piece of gold lumber
      for your trouble.  
      
      Well, those are the major events that I have triggered so far in the
      game.  Send me some more if you have any and I will add them.  I have a
      few others that will appear in the next update to the guide.
      
      
      17. Legal Stuff and contact
      ---------------------------------
      
      This is a new updated version of the legal agreement concerning the
      hosting and reproduction of any part of this guide.  This is a
      modification of the old agreement and replaces it entirely.  Sites
      hosting version 1.05 or earlier of the guide are subject to the old
      agreement.  This legal section will take the place of the existing one
      from here on out.  
      
      Copywrite:
      
      This guide is copywrite September 20, 2006 originally and version 1.06
      is officially copywrite for November 19, 2006 by me Darkranger or my
      real name Timothy Brintnall.  I reserve all the legal rights to this
      guide and its publication except those specifically given here. 
      
      Original Trademarks:
      
      Harvest Moon, Natsume, Nintendo, and Nintendo DS and any other
      registered trademarks of any company that is affiliated with the
      creation of the game are their property.  I do not claim or infer
      ownership of any of them in this guide.  They are the intellectual
      property of their respective owners.  They are only mentioned in the
      guide for the purpose of giving credit to the company who put so much
      hard work into this great game.  Thanks Natsume and Marvelous
      Interactive for a great game !!!
      
      Submitted information:
      
      The information found in the guide from the tables and other ideas is
      derived from two sources. The first is my experience playing the game
      and the second is from information submitted by others for the guide. 
      If information presented here is taken from another source i.e. someone
      else's guide ect.  It will be done so only with the person's permission
      and proper credit will be observed.  Note, I have not done this yet, but
      I am leaving this here in case I need it for future reference.  
      
      You are welcome and encouraged to submit information you find about the
      game to me by email for the guide at darkrangeresp@yahoo.com.  Anything
      that you don't see here that you think would be useful is welcome.
      Please understand, that by submitting information to the guide via email
      you are directly giving me permission to use it in the guide without
      farther notification.  If you submit something please give me an alias
      or a nickname to use to credit you in the guide.  I choose to give
      credit where credit is do.  If you submitted something and I misspelled
      your nickname or forgot to give you credit please email me and let me
      know.  I have received a couple thousand emails and sometimes these
      things get missed.  
      
      I reserve the right to modify, reformat, or clarify anything that I put
      into the guide.  I also reserve the right to decide what information I
      want to include and at what point in time I choose to include it.  If
      you submit something and I tell you I plan to use it, it may be several
      updates before I put it to practical use.  This is my guide and I have
      the sole discretion of what to put into it.  
      
      Extracting information from the guide:
      
      Not all the information in this guide is my legal and intellectual
      property.  For example, the shipping prices of the level 1 crops is
      considered common knowledge. However, my intellectual ideas, the
      presentation of the information, the comments, and my strategies in this
      guide are and remain my copywrite intellectual property.  They may not
      be used directly without written permission from me or a direct citation
      similar to what would be found in a research paper.  A situation must be
      in outstation marks and quoted as follows (Darkranger's Harvest Moon DS
      Guide, section XX, 2006)  where XX is the section number from the guide. 
      
      You are welcome to take general information from the guide as long as
      you present it in your own format and words.  If you choose to do so,
      your guide needs to have a section giving me credit for what you took. 
      I have a similar section in this guide for the submitted information I
      use.  If you are confused by this section, you can email me at
      darkrangeresp@yahoo.com for a clarification on what information you want
      to use from the guide.  Please be specific on what you want to take. 
      You can also request permission to use any information in this guide in
      a work of your own at the above email address. I am pretty open minded
      on letting people copy the information here.  I just need to make sure
      that I am receiving credit for my work and that my ideas are not being
      taken out of context.  
      
      Transformation of the guide:
      
      I have had a couple of requests about building a website from this guide
      directly.  I have already created an html version of the guide at . 
      However, if you would like to make a site based on this guide and add
      pictures or a new format I would be willing to consider such a request.
      Permission is herby granted to transform the guide into another format
      for distribution subject to the following terms.  
      
      1. This legal agreement must be present and easily accessible in the
      document or site.  It must be in its original for and unaltered.  
      
      2. The first page of the document or site must credit me for the guide's
      basic information.
      
      3. You must notify me by email within 7 days of any posting or
      distribution of the guide in an altered form for my review.
      
      Note, just copying and pasting the text directly unaltered into an html
      document without adding any html tags to the body of text does not
      require the above permission.  See the terms of hosting the guide listed
      below for the relevant information.
      
      Hosting of this guide:
      
      I believe in the free right of individuals to post this information. 
      Permission is herby granted to post this guide anywhere on the internet
      or similar distribution network subject to the following terms and
      conditions. 
      
      1.  The guide must be presented in its text format unaltered and up to
      date with the current version you wish to post.  You may use another
      format such as a single html file without tags in the current text, a
      pdf file, or any word processing document file if you wish.  
      
      2.  The hosting site must be geared towards content related to the
      games.  Relevant sites include but are not limited to, video game cheat
      sites, general game sites, anything related to harvest moon, a fan site,
      or any other site with rationally relevant content.  
      
      3.  This guide is a free product and cannot be used for commercial or
      private profit.  The distortion from the site must be free.  You may not
      sell the guide or restrict accesses to it to paying members only. 
      Advertisements or links to adds may be presents as long as they are not
      imbedded directly into the text intermittently.  They need to be above,
      below, or around the text of the guide.  
      
      4. You must email me within 48 hours of posting the document at
      darkrangeresp@yahoo.com, so I can make sure your site meets the above
      terms and conditions. 
      
      5. The site in question may not contain explicit or offensive material
      including but not limited to: nudity, discrimination, overt profanity,
      or anything that most people would find directly offensive. 
      
      6. The guide must contain this legal agreement unaltered and intact.  
      
      I know that is a lot to take in, but I wanted to be clear as I can. I
      want to keep track of where this guide is on the internet for the
      purposes of updating and the upkeep on it.  Note, that I get quite a few
      emails about the game at the above address and I sometimes miss a
      request to host the guide.  So, If you emailed me and do not receive a
      reply in 30 days you may assume that I have reviewed your site and it is
      satisfactory to post the guide.  You may continue to post the guide
      during the thirty day period and indefinitely thereafter unless I
      specifically contact you and tell you otherwise.  
      
      Other forms of distribution:
      
      I have had a few other request about giving the guide out between
      friends.  You may distribute this guide in paper or electronic form such
      as an email or a disk.  You can distribute it for personal use or the
      use of the receiving party only.  The guide must be unaltered and
      contain the license agreement if the entire guide is transferred. 
      Basically, this means you can give it out to your friends on a disk or
      paper as long as you don't sell it. You can also make any number of
      personal copies for your own use playing the game.  
      
      Updates and Current Hosts:
      
      This guide is currently a work in progress and I will be releasing
      updates to it intermittently at my discression.  I will always submit
      any new updates to www.gamefaqs.com first.  You can always find the most
      current version of the file there.  I will try to get it to everyone
      else as best I can remember, but please check there for the most current
      version.  I will also try to release the current update from my site on
      the game. Please check there intermittently to see if I have updated the
      guide.  I would appreciate it if everyone would keep the most current
      version posted to ignore confusion about what is covered in the guide.  
      
      www.gamefaqs.com
      www.supercheats.com
      www.gamewinners.com
      www.neoseeker.com
      
      Other sites than the ones listed above have been given permission to
      host the guide.  However, despite my best efforts, I have lost the list
      I was keeping of it.  If you have a site that you are hosting it on and
      would like your name added to the above list please email me and I will
      make every effort to accommodate your request.  You can also request a
      current update of the guide at the above email address.  
      
      Closing:
      
      I apologize for those of you who had to read through this for any
      reason.  However, I just wanted to make everything more clear than the
      older agreement did.  I received quite a few emails asking about hosting
      requirements and I got tired of retyping all this information in
      individual emails.  Nothing has really changed all that much from the
      old agreement.  I thought that most of the new stuff here was commons
      sense, but apparently I was wrong.  I am just clarifying some of the
      obscure points from the old agreement in greater detail.  If you are
      hosting the guide with permission you can continue to do so without
      worrying about this section.  Thanks to all my submitters and hosts for
      making this guide such a huge success.  This agreement is subject to
      change without notice, but will be included in the version of the guide
      that the changes pertain to. 
      
      Darkranger
      
      If you have questions concerning this section or questions about the
      game in general email me at darkrangeresp@yahoo.com.  
      
      
      18. Email Questions I will not Answer.  
      ------------------------------------------
      Quite a few guides have faqs in them, but since I am just starting this
      one, I really don't have any frequently asked questions yet.  So,
      instead I am including an list of questions I don't want to be emailed. 
      
      
      Q.  Your guide sucks, is stupid, or anything similar
      A.  If you don't have something nice or constructive to ask or say,
      don't waste my time.  I don't need an email box fool of junk mail.  I
      get enough of that from advertisers.  Seriously, if you email me
      something like this I will just block your address from my receiving box
      and move on.  
      
      Q. Where do you find Harvest Sprite X or item Y.
      A.  I don't know.  I am not some all knowing Guru on this game.  I just
      bought it a week ago.  Every relevant piece of information I know is in
      this guide.  I will add more as I find it or have time to type it out. 
      If you have a question about clarification or you find a mistake in the
      guide please let me know.  Otherwise please be patient, I will add
      information as it becomes available this is a work in progress.  You are
      always welcome to submit stuff and I give credit where it is due.  
      
      Q. Your strategy is dead wrong.  You need to do this instead. 
      A. Your welcome to your own opinion on the matter.  However, I can
      assure you that I have spent a fair amount of time working out the
      strategies that I provide here and I do the work behind them.  I have a
      college degree in Mathematics, and I am pretty good at working out the
      numbers.  Don't send me an email telling me that I am wrong in two or
      three sentences.  I will just ignore it.  However, I am human and make
      mistakes from time to time.  If you are sure, include a detailed
      argument why and show me your work if it involves numbers.  I am not
      afraid to stand corrected, but short criticism needs to be supported by
      evidence not just opinion.  
      
      Q:HOW DO YOU GET THE FISHING POLE
      A:Read the guide it is in here 4 or 5 times!!!!!!!
      
      You are welcome to send me request for what information you want added
      to the guide.  If I get asked the same question a few times I will start
      a FAQ and post the answer there.  Note, some of my numbers in the
      harvest sprite section are approximations.  I will post exact values if
      someone can provide them and they seem reasonable.  
      
      Just  a quick note on the emails I have been receiving.  I appreciated
      everyone's responses and questions, but I am afraid that I just don't
      have the time to answer all of them individually.  I will try to answer
      a few, but most of them will let me know what people want me to add to
      the guide.  So please be patient and I will address most of them by
      updating the guide.
      
      19. Thanks and acknowledgements.
      ----------------------------------------
      
      This is a new section that I am adding to the guide so that I can give
      credit where it is due.  If you email me something and I decide to add
      it to the guide I will add a thank you and your name to this page.  I
      have received more than a hundred emails about this guide in first week
      and a half about it.  Most of them were questions and people thanking me
      for putting this together.  But, a few of you were kind enough to give
      me some useful information.  Note, I will only add your name here if you
      send me something that I can really use for the guide.  
      
      New information is surfacing all the time that I plan to use in this
      guide.  I have a friend and two brothers who are helping me gather
      information for it behind the scenes.  However, it is a big undertaking
      to compose a document of this size and try to confirm the accuracy of
      everything here.  We are finding quite a bit out ourselves, and if I
      find something before I get it in an email, I plan to post it as my own.
      However, I have received some information in the last week that I want
      to add to the guide.  
      
      If you submit information for the guide please be aware of the following
      conditions before you report it.  First, make sure that you want me to
      have it to put it in the guide.  From a legal standpoint, if you email
      me something and I decide to use it, be aware that by sending it to me
      you are legally licensing me to publish it as part of this guide.  Also,
      if you want me to use something in the guide, make sure of several
      things about your information. First, make sure that you confirmed it
      and that it is good.  Secondly, make sure that the information you send
      is complete and organized.  If I can't make sense of it, I won't use it
      in this guide.  Finally, maker sure that there is enough information to
      be useful to the guide.  For example, I have received more than a dozen
      emails just telling me how to find the healing harvest sprite Anime by
      eating colored grass.  However, I already found him.   I will credit
      information on a first come first serve basis provided it is accurate.
      
      Finally, I reserve the right to modify any information that I receive
      for the guide from an outside source.  I got an interesting email about
      the new casino information.  However, the format that I received it in
      was useless to the guide because it wasn't well thought out or organized
      and it also contained html.  Let me be clear, this guide is going to be
      a text only document.  I reserve the right to reformat, edit, change,
      comment, or rearrange any information I have been sent.  This is my
      guide and I have a particular style that I like to write in, so I am
      planning to stick with this format of writing.  I will still credit
      those who send me information that I use, but I want to keep the
      formatting and language to a standard tone.  If this upsets anyone, I am
      willing to remove your name from the guide if you wish.  If you want me
      to consider using your formatting, make sure that you include all the
      relevant information on the topic and outline it in a similar manner to
      what you already see in the guide here.  I will run spell check on
      anything I get.
      
      Finally, if you want credit for your information please leave me a name
      to include for credit.  By default, I will use the alias from your email
      or your first name only for privacy reasons.  Also, if you want to
      submit something and don't want to be credited please say so in your
      email.  Thanks 
      
      Darkranger,
      
      Acknowledgements:
      
      First and foremost, I would like to thank my to brothers and my friend
      who wish to remain anonymous by name.  They have been very helpful in
      gathering and verifying information for me.  Also, I think it is only
      right to give the credit for the quick start trick to my brother who
      originally thought of it.  I refined it and outlined it in the guide,
      but he brought the idea to my attention.   
      
      The rest of these are in no particular order 
      
      Thanks to Kayla who gave me the information on the mushroom shed listed
      in the buildings section.
      
      Another thanks goes out to Andrew who brought the idea of discussing the
      casino games as a profitable option and some information on them to my
      attention.  
      
      Thanks goes out to ExpertatFF for his additional harvest sprite
      information.  We're really starting to get there.
      
      A very special thanks goes out to starcat19689 and hmwizard14 for
      sending me so many of the recipes that are listed in the cooking
      section.  Without them it would have been several more updates before I
      got this section put into the guide fully.
      
      A thanks goes to Waldark for his help in revising the quick start guide
      used to springboard the walkthrough section.  
      
      Thanks to Bret who corrected a few of my errors and 
      
      Another thanks goes out to Bryan Ng for the complete lists of the mines
      floors for the cursed tools and accessories.  Also thanks for pointing
      out the game takes place 100 years after AWL.
      
      I want to thank stormofthedusk for her contribution about finding the
      necklaces at the dig site as well as some useful dig site info. 
      
      The following individuals were helpful in gathering the harvest sprites:
      beLio from mapleglobal
      Kayla
      ExpertatFF
      Myst
      Hm14492
      Kendra122 
      
      A special thanks goes out to Gohan2939 for the information on Thomas
      Island in the secrets section.
      
      Another thanks goes out to Light Sephiroth and bng422 who helped me
      finish the list of the floors where the cursed tools and accessories are
      located in the third mine.  
      
      I would like to extend a thanks to hannah0409 who send me some useful
      information about Celia and Muffy.
      
      The names of the contributors for the marry the mermaid section are
      listed there.
      
      I would like to thank Rey for his correction about Celia's blue heart
      event.  
      
      Thanks to Brettt@gmail.com for his information about Vans varied selling
      prices.
      
      Another Thanks goes out to ROKER2000 who gave me some information about
      the wild dogs and fences in the game. 
      
      Thanks goes out to mbruns2 who sent me the information necessary to open
      the fourth mine.  
      
      I would like to thank minigrant15 for pointing out that fatigue won't
      get lost in the mines if you have stamina when you fall down a hole.  
      
      I would also like to thank ernher_69 for his contribution to the child
      hood part of the guide.  
      
      Another thanks goes out to RexRaven for his information about the
      billion Dollar Glitch and Thomas' island. 
      
      Another thanks goes out to hiya_who_r_u for the information about the
      costs of the constructing the cottage on the island listed in the
      buildings section of the guide.  
      
      Thanks to ernher_69 for his contributions to the children's section of
      the guide.
      
      Please note that if you sent me something useful and you don't see it
      here.  That doesn't mean I don't plan to use it.  For example someone
      sent me several if the recipes before I had the cooking section
      established and they were added later.  Be patient I am building this
      guide in the order that I think the information is the most pertinent. 
      Keep them coming and I will see you all soon.
      
      Darkranger
      
      
      20. Linking to Harvest Moon Friends of Mineral Town
      --------------------------------------------------
      One of the newer innovations that came out with Friends of Mineral town
      and A Wonderful Life was the ability to link the two games together to
      unlock additional content in the game.  This trend has continued in
      harvest moon DS.  Harvest Moon DS can be linked with either Friends of
      Mineral Town or More Friends of Mineral Town for the game boy advanced. 
      You can link the two games together by inserting the fomt or mfomt into
      the second slot on the DS for playing game boy advance games.  You need
      to leave the cartridge in for 1 game day and then save your game on the
      DS.  From then on, the additional content will be unlocked.  You cannot
      play both games simultaneously on the DS, this will just unlock the
      additional content below.  
      
      New Music:  
      Linking the two games will allow you to buy the records of the
      background  music from friends of mineral town.  You can buy each of the
      four seasons as well as the ending theme for 10,000g each from Jet at
      the sprite shop company.
      
      New Friends:
      If you link the games together it will also cause some of the charters
      who run the phone stores in mineral town to come and visit the valley on
      their day off.  This will allow you to courted and marry the mineral
      town girls, but if you choose to marry one of them your game will end
      because you move to mineral town.  Linking the games will also cause
      some of the mineral town characters to attend the festivals in the
      valley.
      
      Sunday: Potpourri from the chicken farm will also come over she hangs
      out a Tanka's house talking about farming.
      
      Monday: Mary, will come over and from the library.  She will hang out at
      the Villa for most of the day.
      
      Tuesday: Karen from the general store will come over to the valley.  She
      hangs out primarily in blue bar and Vesta's farm.
      
      Wednesday:  The doctor and Ellie will visit the valley.  The will visit
      both Dr. Hardy's house and the Villa.
      
      Thursday: Gary will come over from the black smiths.  He hangs out in
      the dig site looking for ore.  
      
      Friday:  Ann will come over from the inn in mineral town.  She hangs out
      at inner inn helping Ruby run the place.
      
      Saturday: Gotz will come over and visit the valley if he isn't working
      for you.  He hangs out at the circus construction site looking  for new
      materials to build with.  
      
      I have seen another person or two coming and going, but I haven't
      figured out their schedule yet. 
      
      Linking the two games together adds one more thing to the game.  If you
      linked the mineral town cartridge that you are using to A Wonderful Life
      on the game cube, the name of your character on the game cube will be
      located on the tombstone behind the circus.  Supposedly, Harvest Moon DS
      takes place in forget me not valley 100 years after a wonderful life. 
      You character has passed on and left the farm to the character you are
      playing as in harvest moon DS.  That's about all that I have unlocked
      from linking the games so far.  If I find anything else I will include
      it here.  As always, if you have any additional information for this
      section feel free to email me and I will credit your work.  
      
      21. Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ)
      -------------------------------
      
      Well, after more than 500 emails about this guide, I finally have some
      questions to add for a frequently asked questions section. Here you'll
      find answers to questions that I get sent in emails quite a bit. 
      
      Q: What to I give to Daryl to increase his affection so I can meat Leia?
      
      A: Daryl likes the colored grasses that grow around the valley.  He
      lives all of them except the red poisonous grass and the black grass
      that grows in the mine.
      
      Q: How do you ride the horse?
      
      A: Walk up to the horse and push the A button next to it. You will mount
      the horse and you can then ride it around the valley, which is faster
      than walking around.  
      
      Q: Where do I find Mythic ore to upgrade the blessed tools?  
      
      A: You can find mythic ore in the third mine.  It will appear on floors
      less than 250 that are divisible by 10.  I.E> 10, 50, 70, 100, 130, ect.
      It will only appear after you have all six cursed tools blessed.
      
      Q: How do I get the cursed tools and accessories blessed?
      
      A: Call the church on the phone on any day except Saturday of Sunday and
      select the "undo a curse" option.  You will be charged 100,000g for the
      privilege and then the curse is gone.  You need to have the cursed item
      that you want to uncurse equipped when you call.
      
      Q: How do you open the hot springs?
      
      A: The first hot springs is open by triggering Flora' blue heart event.
      You need to walk into the area where their tent is located by the
      waterfall on the over world map around 11:00 pm after you have Flora up
      to a blue heart to trigger it.  She will take you on a short walk and
      unlock the hot springs by the circus construction site.  It can restore
      your fatigue if you sit in it over time.  Unlocking the second hot
      springs by the harvest goddess spring requires that you unlock the one
      by the circus first.  Once it is unlocked, use it 100 times for more
      than an hour and Thomas the harvest sprites from mineral town will
      appear and trigger an event.  They comment on how much you like the hot
      springs and offer to build another one for you.  They will construct it
      in a few days up by the harvest goddess spring.  You need both of them
      unlocked to gather several of the harvest sprites.  
      
      Q: Can I post this guide on my site?
      
      A: Yes.  You can post this guide on any site you may own as longs as it
      is related to videogames or harvest moon (which is a video game).  Just
      email me to let me know you posted it.  This guide is a frequently
      updated work in progress.  I just need to know where to send updates to. 
      
      Q: How do I get the fishing pole
      
      A: I get asked this question more times than anything else.  So, let me
      clarify it here one last time explicitly.  If you follow this you will
      get the fishing pole.  I will not answer that question by email any
      more.  You need to go to Galen's house on a clear Saturday during the
      spring.  You need to arrive between 11:00 am and 3:00 pm.  You may need
      to enter and exit the house several times to trigger the event.  When
      you walk into the house is it important that you do not have a tool
      equipped in the tool slot on the ruck sack screen. If you have a tool
      equipped, the event will not trigger.  You can get the rod regardless of
      the friendship points you have with Nina or Galen.  
      
      Q: Where do I find the bottle for Lei's heart event.
      
      A: The bottle is found by fishing on the beach during the spring.  You
      need to have the mythic fishing pole and you need to charge it all the
      way up.  I have found that it will appear in different weather
      conditions and different times of the day.  However, you should wait
      until after midnight for the best success rate.  Catching the bottle is
      random and it will take a while so be patient.  The bottle will not come
      if you have already married another girl in the game.  The only purpose
      the bottle serves is to trigger Leia's yellow heart event.  
      
      22. Secrets and Glitches in the game
      ----------------------------------------
      
      This section is to list out some of the secrets and the glitches hidden
      in the game that I have found so far.  As usual feel free to send more
      if you have them to give.  
      
      Glitches:
      
      Milk the sheep:
      
      This is a neat little trick that will allow you to get milk from your
      sheep or horse.  Equip the brush and the touch panel gloves.  Then,
      quickly drag the milker over to the equipment slot and push the y button
      next to the animal.  If done correctly, it will initiate a milking on a
      sheep or horse. The same is true for the clippers.  You can sheer your
      cows or horse.  
      
      Game Freezes:
      
      This is an unfortunate glitch that Natsume failed to fix.  Sometimes
      when you walk through a door or enter a new area, the game will freeze. 
      There isn't much you can do except turn off the power and reload your
      game.  This is an important reason to save and save often.  
      
      House Building Glitch:
      
      If you put stone in your shelf, you will find out that the game has a
      hard time keeping track of it.  You can buy the second house upgrade
      this way with only 200 stone when the game says you need 700 stone to
      build it.  
      
      The Billion Dollar Glitch:
      
      I have received several emails about this glitch.  The glitch is that
      when you go to sleep at night and wake up the next morning your money
      will be set to 1 billion g.  I have not managed to trigger it myself
      yet, but it seems that you need to hire the fishing team during the
      winter or the harvest team during some other time during the year. 
      Occasionally, this will trigger accidentally.  
      
      Barns are all messed up:
      
      Sometimes in the game you will find that your barns will mess up and
      look like a bunch of lines.  This is cause by a damage glitch in the
      game during the winter.  It will sometime happen if you have a fodder or
      wooden barn during the winter and it gets damaged by the snow.  The game
      will correct itself if you walk in and out of any normal building or if
      you walk out the bottom entrance of your farm.  
      
      Save file becomes useless:
      
      Sometimes the game will not let you load a file from the one of the save
      files.  This is probably caused by a data read error due to moving
      objects while you are saving.  The best solution here is to save both
      files of your game a few minutes apart and to save and save often.  You
      can also avoid this by making sure nothing is moving on the screen when
      you save the game.
      
      The Billion Dollar Glitch:
      
      There is a glitch in harvest moon that will yield a billion g whenever
      you use it.  Some people, myself included would consider this cheating
      in the game, but if you want to use it go ahead.  It is up to you.  I
      was given the triggering specifics about it from an email and I have
      confirmed that they work. Take the following steps to trigger the
      glitch.
      
      1) Hire the fishing team on a winter day and have them fishing down at
      the beach.
      
      2) Head down to the beach and cast off your own rod and real it back in
      in exactly 2 seconds real time.  
      
      3)Return to your house and go about your business.  Make sure you go to
      be before 5:00 when the mayor comes for your shipment.  If this is done
      correctly, you will gain between 200 million and 1 billion dollars to
      your money.  It doesn't always work, but if you do it for a couple of
      days it should trigger. 
      
      
      
      Secrets:
      
      The RPG battle Mini Game:
      
      Examine your doghouse at 4:44 in the morning and you will activate a
      short minigame where you fight the girls from harvest moon.  It works a
      lot like an RPG battle system.  You will get a title if you can defeat
      all of them. You can ship it for one gold.
      
      The 3 Bears Game: 
      
      If you enter the Witch Princess's hut at exactly midnight she will greet
      you and warp you to a mini game where you try to follow the movements of
      three bears in front of her. The game is like the old shell and pea
      game.  
      
      The girl memory game:
      
      This game is opened by touching the record holder in your house at
      exactly 6:01 am.  You need to run out and back into the house very
      quickly in the morning to trigger this game.  The time ring and the
      clock can be helpful when trying to play this game.  You will be shown a
      screen containing 15 images of the girls from the game facing random
      directions in rows for a few seconds.  Then, the game will ask you
      random questions involving how many girls were facing a certain
      direction or how many were a particular girls.  If you get it right
      several times in a row you will win a prize.
      
      High low Harvest Goddess Game:
      
      This is the same as the new years game in mineral town.  You can play
      this game once for every 10 gifts you give to the harvest goddess.  Each
      10th item you throw into the spring will trigger the game.  The goddess
      will pick a number between 0 and 9.  Then she will ask you whether the
      next number she will choose will be higher or lower.  If you guess
      correctly you will continue playing if not the game ends.  If you get
      several in a row she will give you a prize ranging from colored grass to
      some really nice stuff for 50 or more wins in a row.  
      
      
      Gifts from the Witch Princess: 
      
      If you litter 10, 100, or 1000 times, she will give you a small gift
      that you can store in your ruck sack.  Carrying it around will slowly
      lower the rating for your farm so get rid of it quickly.  
      
      Littering and Fishing:
      If you litter in the game or throw things in the water, it will cause
      you to catch fewer fish for a few days and increase the amount of
      garbage you will catch.  
      
      Bye-bye Ball:
      
      If you give your ball away to someone as a gift or throw it in the
      water.  You will find that the mayor will return it to you in a few game
      days.  
      
      Buy the Island from Thomas:
      
      Have you ever noticed the little island on the map in the instruction
      manual.  You can buy it from Thomas later in the game for 900,000,000 g.
      You need to have more than that amount on you during the first day of a
      season in the morning.  If you do, Thomas will show up and offer to sell
      you the island.  It is rather expensive for what you supposedly get out
      of it.  I haven't bought it yet, but I got an email about it. 
      Supposedly, Gotz will build you a vacation house on it for an expensive
      fee. You get to it by taking the boat on the beach. I think there are
      also several new types of fish to catch on it.  More to come on this
      event.  
      
      
      Well, that is all for now I will add more as I find them.  
      
      23. An Analytical Look at Harvest Moon
      ----------------------------------------------
      
      Alright, before I get started with this section of the guide, I think
      that I need to point a few things out.  This section is unlike what you
      would typically find in any other guide.  There are probably several
      people who disagree with me that this section belongs in this guide.  It
      could be put out as a stand alone review or other look at the game.  If
      that is your opinion on the matter, that's fine with me feel free to
      skip this section and use the rest of the guide.  The rest of the guide
      is still an excellent reference to the game and contains most of the
      necessary information about the game and its various areas.  However,
      this is my guide and I feel that I have a legal right to include it
      here.  
      
      I have decided to add this section to the guide for a number of
      different reasons.  The primary one is that I am adding this section to
      make my guide different from all the other faqs and walkthroughs that I
      see on the site for every other harvest moon game.  Which, brings me
      back the reason I am writing this guide in the first place.  One purpose
      of this guide is to provide the sought after information about this game
      including, the basic strategies, explanations of where things are, the
      little tables showing prices, and the other commonly found in guides
      about harvest moon and similar game.  I am probably one of the first to
      write a free guide for the U.S. Release of the game.  While that is a
      worthwhile endeavor in itself, I know that in the next 3 to 5 months
      there will be quite a few guides just like this one that spring up on
      game faqs and similar sites.  They will contain basically the same
      information as the first few sections of my guide.  Probably in a
      different format, but with the same content listed here.  
      
      There will be several general guides like this one appears now and quite
      a few smaller ones on the specific topics of the games.  While I want
      this guide to fulfill those objectives, I also want to use it as a
      chance to take a deeper look as the mechanics that drive the game and to
      develop a detailed walkthrough for it.  Now, I have seen several guides
      online for past harvest moon games that give you a getting started
      walkthrough that leads you through the first few weeks or season of the
      game.  Most of them are similar in content and do a good job getting out
      of the starting gate, but nobody really seems to know where to go from
      there.  This provides me with an opportunity to provide two new sections
      to this guide for uniqueness.  I plan to add a in depth walk through
      later on when I have finished compiling the necessary information to do
      so.  Also, I want to include this section because it can be useful for
      long term planning to examine the game from a different stand point. 
      This section will break down the games mechanics to a simple form that
      you can use to plan ahead and get an idea of how the walk through will
      be.  It can also be interesting to look at the game from this stand
      point.  
      
      Alright, lets get started by looking at what the harvest moon series is
      in the first place.  I have seen the game commonly classified both as an
      RPG and a strategy game or simulation game.  Most people consider it a
      combination of the two.  The character moves like an RPG and the
      animations and mechanics play and feel like a real time RPG on a
      counsel.  However, regardless of the view you take, this game is a
      simulation strategy game at its basic core.  If you disagree, that's
      fine but we each have the right to our own opinion.  I will argue mine
      here.  To see this clearly, you need to pull away all the character
      interactions, the story line, the experience tool upgrades, and the
      collecting things game play.  Basically all the window dressing and look
      at what you have left to work with.  Don't get me wrong, these things
      all make the game fun to play and I enjoy the show they put on. But if
      we're going to look at the game seriously we need to see past all the
      gloss and examine the base of the games mechanics.  
      
      The core mathematical strategy system that harvest moon revolves around
      is very simple in ideal.  However, it is more complicated than most
      other strategy games.  Harvest moon's core system revolves around three
      variables and the limits they put on your advancement through the game. 
      They are money, time, and stamina or productivity.  They begin the game
      in very limited quantities and you need to balance them so that you can
      raise their limits. The higher you raise their limits, the quicker and
      more advanced you can progress through the game. These three variables
      provide a complex balancing system by working with and against each
      other.  You can usually trade one for another, but usually at a loss. 
      This is quite a bit harder to analyze than a typical strategy games. 
      They usually rely off of only two variables, time and money. Let's look
      at each one individually.  
      
      Money:
      Money is the key resource in the harvest moon game. You acquire it by
      using your other two resources.  You do this by purchasing seeds or
      animals on your farm and then using your time and stamina to interact
      with them to make a profit yielding more money.  You can trade it for
      more of the other two directly and indirectly.  For example, you can buy
      bodygizer and turbo jolt to restore stamina. You can also but better
      tools that allow you to do more work in less time and with less stamina. 
      Finally, you use money to make money by purchasing the items you need to
      interact with the other resources.  
      
      Stamina:
      Stamina is the second and odd ball resource in the game.  It limits the
      number of times you can interact with your animals and crops to make
      money.  You can use it to expand the other resources in several ways. 
      Making money should be pretty implicit.  You can increase your time by
      charging up tools.  This will cost more stamina, but take less time to
      accomplish the same goals. 
      
      Time:
      Time is a constant resource throughout the game.  It is divided into two
      controls, the amount of time in a day and the number of days in a
      season.  The first limits the amount of work you can get done in a day
      and the second limits the number of times you can produce a profit from
      a specific source.  You can trade it directly for stamina by using the
      hot springs or foraging for something to eat.  You can trade it for
      money by gathering items or working on the farm.  
      
      There you have it, that's is the basic structure of how the game
      operates at the most basic level.  The main objective of any harvest
      moon game is to find the most productive balance between the three
      resources.  Thus, the game is a strategy game at its roots, but you
      don't have to play it like one if you don't want to.  The harvest moon
      series has quite a few other aspects of game play that you can achieve. 
      But, the primary focus is expanding the limits of these three resources. 
      The next thing to look at is how the expansion occurs and what the other
      aspects of the game have to do with them.  Let's continue.  
      
      Let me outline the mechanics that the system is supposed to work on. 
      When you start out the game, you are supposed to have a constant amount
      of time, a limited amount of stamina and a small amount of money.  The
      first few days of game play are pretty predictable.  You will spend your
      meager money to purchase a few bags of seeds.  Then, you will use your
      stamina to plant the seeds and water them.  This will take most of your
      resources from the first day cumulatively.  The next few days, your
      money is gone and you will spend the other two trying to recover it. 
      You'll likely water the crops and spend the second half of the day
      foraging or fishing to bring in a little money on the side.  Eventually,
      the crops will mature and you will make more money from them.  You can
      then use this money to buy more seeds and the profits should grow
      geometrically (multiply by itself).  I. E, you use money to make more
      money.
      
      However, there is a problem with this approach.  You will soon find that
      the number of crops you want to produce is also constrained by your
      stamina and time.  You either lack the strength or time to care for all
      the crops you would ideally like to produce.  So, you need to spend
      money to do more work in less time and with less stamina.  This is done
      by buying more efficient tools and accessories in this game and Stamina
      restoring items. You can also buy things like the teleport stone that
      saves you travel time at the expense of money and stamina.  Or, you can
      buy a ruck sack that allows you to carry more items, thus allowing you
      to ship items faster.  The remaining aspects of the game interact with
      this equation in several ways.  
      
      The other aspects of the game exist to allow you to expand the resources
      and to consume the excess amounts you gain as their limits increase. 
      For example, the mythic watering can will water 252 spaces in 10 game
      minutes for 20 stamina.  While, the iron one would take 504 stamina and
      all day for the same result.  The watering can costs a lot of money, but
      it frees up the other two resources of time and stamina.  This system
      works fine to begin with, but what happens when all three resources
      reach their threshold?  For example, what happens if I have a lot of
      money but I have already bought every item related to increasing my
      productivity available. Money becomes worthless and I get bored with the
      game because expanding my money serves no benefit. This problem is why
      some of the earlier harvest moon games ended after a set number of
      years.  However, Natsume has done a pretty good job at expanding their
      system to consume extra resources to avoid this problem.
      
      Mining, fishing, and foraging serve several purposes in the game.  They
      allow you to consume the extra time and stamina you have at the end of a
      game day for a monetary value.  They take less stamina than working on
      the farm and provide an alternative profit margin.  They also assure
      that you won't go broke completely if you spend all your money stupidly. 
      I.E. Buying 10 bags of flour to start with that you cannot make a profit
      off of.  They ensure you have a way to restart if you go broke.  Animals
      work in the same way in this game.  They allow you to make money and
      expend less stamina than crops.  They are also used provide another use
      for any time and stamina you don't spend on crops.  Additionally, they
      require you to spend money to gather them food and a place to live.
      Finally, animals add a fun aspect to the game allowing for an
      interactive thing to do, and they allow you to personalize your
      experience some.  
      
      The same thing can be said about cut scenes, festivals, collecting
      things and marriage in the game.  All of these things consume the
      resources of your time and money.  The time spent at festivals and
      hunting down cut scenes is pulled away from your time to make money. 
      Collecting items and going after a girl require both time and money. 
      You will often need to spend time looking for things or tracking the
      girl you want to marry down to give her gifts.  Also, the gifts you give
      to her either cost money or you lose money because you could ship them
      rather than give them to her.  They may also burn stamina to retrieve
      them.  
      
      Finally, we have the window dressing effects that eat your money for
      breakfast.  Natsume made sure that there was plenty to buy this time. 
      Buying everything that you can will cost you several billion gold in
      this game.  I mean you really don't need a gold lumber barn for the
      cows.  It's indestructible and impressive to show your friends, but you
      could build several thousand grass ones for the same price.  The same
      goes for the kitchen stuff, Van's TV and DVD's, the records, the table,
      the clock and any other hokey thing I forgot to mention.  These provide
      no other useful function in the game other than something to look at and
      to give you some thing to spend your money on.  That way you won't get
      bored from having nothing to buy.  Before you get mad at my opinion of
      this, please finish the section so you can get the full story.
      
      Okay, that's the system that you play with in this harvest moon game in
      a nut shell.  Please don't take this section the wrong way, the other
      aspects of the game are what really make it enjoyable to play.  After
      all, the cute graphics, hunting stuff down and getting married are what
      make this game fun.  They keep it from getting boring and repetitive in
      a short amount of time.  They also serve as milestones for measuring
      your overall progress through the game and add a new more challenge to
      it.  The purpose of this section is to allow you a look inside my
      reasoning behind the strategies that appear in this guide and are to
      come in the future.  I know that I have overanalyzed this, but it helps
      to explain some of my ideas in this guide.  It can also be used to
      explain why some of my strategies work so well.
      
      Take my quick start mining trick for example.  This strategy trades
      stamina directly for quite a bit of money.  It doesn't require much game
      time since time hardly passes in the mine.  If you follow the common
      sense mining tricks I learned playing mineral town regarding saving and
      loading for a floor you can conserve stamina easily.  It, doesn't
      require any advanced tools either.  So all that leaves you with is the
      need for 3 to 4 thousand stamina in a portable form.  The obvious answer
      is to buy bodigizers from Van.  So, all you need it 30,000g to get
      started.  You can get that from about two weeks of crops and foraging or
      from digging in the dig site for 2000g items to ship.  Then you have
      pretty much infinite money to start with if you want to make multiple
      trips a day.  The point is that you need to understand how the
      underlying system works if you are going to find a way to beat it.  
      
      Overall, the rpg effects of the game attract the younger intended age
      group of 7-12 year olds to the game.  They can be enjoyed by everyone,
      but its really the strategy of harvest moon that attracts teenagers and
      adults to the game. I am in my early 20's and I still love this game
      because there really isn't anything else like it on the market.  Natsume
      got the system right the first time, and they have just been improving
      it since.  Some of the strategies I want to include later will require
      some explanation that I will summarize.  But, I don't want to take the 3
      to 4 pages of algebra to prove a point.  Most people don't understand it
      and get a headache looking at it.  So, I added this section to show my
      reasoning intuitively in an understandable fashion.  For those of you
      who made it this far, thanks for sticking with me through this.  I hope
      this can be of some help to other's of you planning to write guides for
      this game.  
      
      24. Marry the Mermaid
      ------------------------
      Well, I have been getting a lot of interesting emails from everyone
      about marrying the mermaid.  This section is just meant to add some
      cheap laughs and fun to the document.  I am compiling a list and still
      need to add a few more to this section.  I have quite a few, but not all
      of them will fit here.  You are still welcome to send more along and I
      will update the section.  I was originally going to do a top 10 on each
      side of the issue, but it's so hard to choose so I will add them all. 
      At least the good ones anyway.  
      
      *Reasons not to Marry her:
      
      Hoodau: She might be hard to find after a hurricane. 
      
      CherryHearts:
      1. If she gets homesick, it would be rather hard to take her home.
      2. Meeting her parents would not be easy.
      3. She probably smells like dead fish.
      4. Next thing you know, you catch your cat trying to eat her.
      
      Tails12:She won't EVER let you eat seafood again (nooooooo!)
      
      Pache: 
      1. You never get to go on a date
      2. You have to get in close proximity to DARYL!! *shivers*
      3. what would you say to her parents if you married her? I bet her    
      father has one of those trident things... 
      
      Darkranger:
      1. You have to buy the pond.
      2. You have to make friends with the nerd (Daryl) to meet her
      3. She lives in the nerd's basement.
      4. You cannot take her on a real date other than the beach.
      5. You cannot hold a get together with her extended family.
      6. I have to teach the kid to swim or he can't visit his grandparents.
      7. Are our parts compatible? 
      
      *Reasons to Marry the Mermaid:
      
      Cukeman: This is (probably) the first Harvest Moon (or possibly any
      video game) in which the player creates such a relationship with a
      mythological or supernatural being, so gamers want to marry the Mermaid
      purely because of curiosity of a new concept.  (Too long.)
      
      Cukeman: Mermaids are cool. (Much better)
      
      CherryHearts:
      1.The smell of dead fish isn't that bad...**
      2.She could probably wash you animals!
      
      ChronoPika:
      1. It's my choice to marry her
      2. Seriously, does anyone really want to spend about 5 HM: DS game
      years(That's probably about 3 weeks or 2 months worth of playing) trying
      to get at the Witch Princess, or even attempt at the Harvest Goddess?
      Leia is pretty easy, and it's probably better to have a wife that you
      know doesn't have overwhelming status nor power. The Witch Princess
      isn't that attractive anyways, and the Harvest Goddess is a some what
      flashy show off. If I'd have more determination and so forth, I would go
      for them. 
      3. Celia, Nami, Muffy, Lumina, and Flora all don't seem too HM-ish to
      me. And don't get me started on that Keria....
      4. She's pretty 
      
      Several: You get the bid bed all to yourself.  
      
      Tails12: She won't be able to catch you flirting with that blonde babe
      Muffy cause she's stuck in that dumb pond!
      
      stormofthedusk:
      One night in a pond doesn't sound appealing.
      
      CherryHearts:
      1. If she gets homesick, it would be rather hard to take her home.
      2. Meeting her parents would not be easy.
      3. Next thing you know, you catch your cat trying to eat her.**
      
      Luke O'Neal:
      You can show her off to Daryl the nerd, and prove that she likes your
      pond better than his basement.
      
      Darkranger:
      1. It would provide an interesting lesson in anatomy. If you know what I
      mean...
      2. Justifies building the pond.  
      3. She's cute
      
      Okay, I know the humor is a little crude, but it's all in good fun keep
      the reasons coming okay.  
      
      25. Coming Soon:
      ----------------------
      
      The Evolution of Harvest Moon (maybe) 
      
      and much more hopefully
      
      This guide is being released as a work in progress.  I have only had the
      game for about a week now and I need more time to explore it before I
      can put strategies and all of its secrets here.  I will update this as I
      find more information to add to the guide.  If you want to contribute
      something feel free to email me at darkrangeresp@yahoo.com and I will
      add it to the guide if it is credible.  If I use something you send me,
      I will give you credit for the information at the information's location
      in the document and at the thanks section I will be adding when I have
      some contributions. Until next time, happy farming and have a good time
      all.  
      
      Another Update finished and ready for distribution to everyone.  I got
      quite a bit added to the guide this time and I hope to add more in the
      near future.  The file keeps getting bigger, but there is so much to add
      about this game. Natsume must have really put their time into producing
      it for me to have to write all of this. The next release will have the
      walkthru done through the first year and hopefully some information
      about the kids.  I finally had a child and I am looking forward to see
      what becomes of him.  I am sending out a desperate cry for help with
      this undertaking at this point.  I only have one kid and I don't have
      the time to replay the game a dozen times to check each of the other
      brides.  I need help with developing the later years section. Please
      send me anything you have about your kids so, I can make this section as
      complete as possible.  
      
      The guide continues to grow in size and I still have a few more things
      to add.  I will get around to updating the website a future date and
      time.  For now, I am just happy to get the Gamefaqs version updated and
      distributed.  If anyone is interested in helping me proof read this
      guide feel free to email me.  Take care as always.
      
      Again thanks to everyone who sends information along for the guide. 
      This work would not be possible without all your contributions. I really
      appreciate your input into it.  
      
      Darkranger.
      
      
      
      Currently we have
      
      pages: 130
      words: 73283
      characters: 303888
      
      26. Website Version of the Guide
      -----------------------------------
      
      The purpose of this section is just to inform everyone that I put a web
      site on the game together.  The website is nothing special, it is just a
      html version of this guide.  The information on the site is word for
      word the same as it is in the guide. However, I changed the look and
      added some tables and headings.  The site is meant to serve two
      purposes.  First, this guide is getting pretty long and tougher to
      navigate through.  I put the site up so that you can navigate through
      the guide a little easier than just with this text document.  The second
      reason I put the site together is because I believe that html provides a
      much better medium to display the information than this text file does. 
      
      The site is found at: 
      
      The site itself is nothing special all that special, it is just another
      way to traverse this guide.  There aren't any pictures of the game on it
      mostly because I don't have a digital cameral good enough to get images
      from the DS for it.  Also, given the amount of information that it
      contains I wanted it to load fast for anyone still running a 56k modem
      or slower and I don't want to waste bandwidth with picture files.  
      
      The website is not offering any new information to the about the game. 
      It is just another format that I am distributing the guide in.  I will
      still be updating the text version of the guide so don't worry if that
      is the version you like.  For my future updates, I will update the text
      version first and the site second.  So, it may be a week or two before
      the website is updated.  I will still be releasing my primary update to
      gamefaqs.com and the other sites that I submit updates to.  
      
      27. Family Life
      ------------------------------------
      
      I know that this section of the guide should be farther up closer to the
      original marriage section of the guide.  However, I am getting tired of
      renumbering the entire guide just to add a new section.  So, I am
      putting this new section right here.  
      
      One of the great features of most of the harvest moon games has been the
      ability to marry one of the girls in town and produce a child with them.
      Most of the time, your child was born a baby and grows into a toddler
      where they seem to stay forever. However this is not always the way it
      is. For example, Harvest Moon a Wonderful life and Another Wonderful
      life the game really revolved around the birth and growing up of your
      child.  Harvest moon DS does a nice job finding a median between the
      two.  Your child still grows up, but the farm doesn't dedicate it's
      existence to that purpose.  
      
      Listed below are the event that transpire from the time you marry until
      the time that your child reaches their maximum growth in the game.  I
      was originally going to do a large section on this, but it turns out
      that there really isn't that much information about what happens and it
      is not terribly interesting.  Yet, if you are curious about the benefits
      of marriage are, you might want to read on.  
      
      Step 1. Marriage:
      
      Okay, so you went to section 8 and looked up the girl you wanted to
      marry and gave her the blue feather.  She accepted and a week a later,
      you got hitched.  Enough said.  The marriage system in harvest moon
      really hasn't changed all that much from it's beginnings.  There are
      heart events and it takes a lot more work to get married, but in the end
      there really isn't all that much different.  HM DS is unique in offering
      14 girls to marry, but there really aren't all that many differences
      between them.  Be aware that if you marry a mineral town girl, that will
      move to mineral town and the game ends, so it is better to go with  a
      valley girl or one of the special 4 girls.  
      
      Step 2. Marital Bliss:
      
      Once you are married, not much changes in your day to day life on the
      farm.  Your wife will talk to you and live at your house.  She will also
      wander around the valley from time to time during the game in a set
      pattern.  You can still give her presents and you should to keep her
      affection meter at the maximum until your child is born.  Once you are
      married, your wife will celebrate your and her birthday with you.  If
      you walk into your house after 12:00 on the specific day, she will
      trigger a small where you celebrate and then go to bed.  There are
      similar events on several of the stay at home festivals and your
      anniversary.  
      
      Step 3. The Announcement:
      
      Once your wife has been kept happy for a little over a game season, you
      will wake up on morning to a surprise.  An event will trigger where your
      wife feels woozy and asks you to take her to Dr. Hardy for a check up. 
      There will be a little banter during the event and Dr. Hardy will
      announce that your wife is pregnant and that when is going to have a son
      in the near future.  She is very happy about the event.  
      
      Step 4. The Miracle:
      
      After 3 more seasons pass, your wife will give birth to a baby boy at
      your home in the morning.  You will get a chance to name your son and
      the end credits will roll.  The child's clothing design and color will
      vary with each of the different valley girls.  The child will also have
      a personality similar to your wife.  If you married on of the special
      girls, they will have a random child.  
      
      After the credits are done rolling, the game will resume, only 3 game
      years have passed and several things in the valley have changed.  First,
      your child has become a toddler.  Secondly, a circus has moved in at the
      construction site that adds two new characters to the valley.  The third
      and final thing that happens is that Nina dies.  So make sure if you
      want the stocking from her that you get it before your son is born.  
      
      Step 5. The Picnic:
      
      Your son will walk around the house for the first year of his life.  He
      begins with a distant attitude towards you.  However this will change as
      you give him gifts to increase his affection rating.  It takes a while. 
      Each child has their own likes and dislikes, but they all love anything
      with sugar in it.  They hate anything that includes vegetables or
      medicine.  Like your wife, your child will leave the house from time to
      time to visit other people in the valley.  This is really no big deal he
      will come and go as he pleases.  The destination will depend on who you
      like in the village and your wife.  You cannot affect his choice as
      directly as you could in a wonderful life.
      
      Step 6. The Picnic:
      
      About a year after your child is born, an event will trigger where your
      family goes on a picnic and has fun.  You have the choice whether or not
      to go, and it will cost you a game day to do it.  However, there are
      plenty of game days to work.  Go enjoy some time off with the family. 
      Your child's birthday will also be added to the minifestival dinners
      that your wife serves.  You may want to write it down to that you
      remember it.  It's actually pretty easy to record in the game.  I have a
      chicken named winter 14.
      
      Step 7. The Big Boy.
      
      After two game years pass, your child will grow into his second stage. 
      Again, the appearance and attitude depend on who you married.  Your
      child will still wander around the valley and your farm and his taste in
      gifts gets a little more sophisticated, but mine still loved cake.  This
      will also unlock the remaining records at Jet's shop to purchase.  
      
      Step 8.  Adolesants:
      
      The final step to your child requires about 6 game years after he
      matures to his second stage.  Your child will become a teenager.  Again,
      his behavior and the general appearance will still remain the same. 
      This is the final stage of his development.  It really doesn't unlock
      something else in the game.
      
      Well, that is about it for this section.  Your child will never grow
      older than a teenage, get married, or start a career of his own.  Still,
      it is a big improvement over mineral town.  I have a 44 year old kid
      still at home in diapers.  Your son and married life add more window
      dressing to the game than anything else, but they are still fun to have.
      They also give you a reason to play more than 4 game years.  There are a
      few other surprises along the way.  But, I am going to leave them to you
      to find.  I have touched on the important things here.  Have a happy
      time raising a healthy family.
      
      
      28. Explores of the 4th mine
      --------------------------------------
      
      With the marry the mermaid section receiving so many responses, I
      thought I would add this section to the guide to have another way for
      fans of the game to get their names mentioned in the guide.  This
      section is for a list of names of the individuals who made it all the
      way to the bottom of the 4th mine. If you would like to have your name
      added here, send me an email. You need to include "Explorer's of the 4th
      mine" in the subject line.  Also, you need to send me a detailed
      description of what occurs at the end of the 4th mine if you complete
      it.  BE SPECIFIC AND THOROUGH  it should take a good paragraph to
      explain the event in detail.  If you meet these requirements, I will add
      your name or alias to the list.  Please make sure that you also include
      something for me to call you in this section.  If you have no specific
      name that you want to be called, I will not add you to the list.  Again,
      this is just meant to be a fun section of the guide.  Good Luck and
      happy digging.  
      
      
      Darkranger
      dawnsxlight
      FFx176
      
      Send me some more okay everyone.
      
      
      29. The Walkthrough
      ------------------------------------
      
      Okay, now that I have most of the major sections of the main guide in
      place, I want to get started on the complete walkthrough of the game.  I
      know that I have been advertising this section for a long time and now
      it is time to get started on it. The intended purpose of this section is
      to provide a complete start to end walkthrough for the game Harvest Moon
      DS.  I have seen a good number of guides on the web for previous games
      in the harvest moon series.  Several of them have a getting started or a
      walkthrough for the first few days to the first few weeks of the game. 
      However, after that they just leave the gamer hanging with a good base
      of information and an unpaved path.  The problem being that harvest moon
      is an open ended game with an almost unlimited number of paths you can
      take through out the game. 
      
      This can be difficult to navigate and plan for the long term player. 
      Many players don't reach the latter game years of the game because they
      either get bored with the game or don't have a good direction to follow
      for the remainder of the game. That is what I want to examine in this
      walk through. The biggest question in harvest moon is how to start out
      and get past the early goals in the game.  The guide already does that
      well, but I am going to go into them even farther in depth here. 
      However, the main purpose of this section is to look at the highest
      achievement level the game provides and the necessary steps to reach it. 
      It is difficult to deal with, but I have experience in playing harvest
      moon games for many game years beyond the game's intended threshold.  I
      tried this with mineral town and had some success, I think Darkranger's
      Guide to Retirement is still up on Gamefaqs, but this time I want to go
      all the way.
      
      With mineral town, there were already plenty of faqs and guides already
      written for the game.  So, I assumed that if you had a specific question
      about how to get something mentioned in the guide you could find out
      about it elsewhere.  Unfortunately, this time there weren't any
      preexisting guides for the game.  So, before I could write a walkthrough
      I needed to write an in-depth guide that indexed all the aspects of the
      game.  This is my first long guide of it's kind and I think it turned
      out pretty well.  I wrote the above sections to cover most of the major
      sections of the game and I still have a little to add.  They should be
      sufficient to cover all the information needed here. I will be
      referencing them, so be prepared to look something up if you haven't
      read it already.
      
      For a final note before I get started, this is a complete walkthrough
      and spoiler of the game.  Therefore if use it at your own discression. 
      I am not suggesting that this is the only way you can play harvest moon
      DS or accomplish the goals in the game.  I am taking a look at the
      quickest way that I can plan out how to make it through the mainstay of
      what the game has to offer.  You don't have to follow this to a complete
      agenda.  For example, you could take two or three game years to get to
      where I suggest to be at the end of the first game year.  This is just
      the most efficient path from point a to point b in the game.  The path
      here is about as fast as it can be done. I am about two weeks behind it
      myself in the game. It took me a while to figure things out, but I can
      still outline it here for you. Here we go.
      
      By the way, a special thanks goes out to Waldark for helping me revise
      the first week of the game below.  I am not using his words exactly, but
      I am incorporating a lot of his ideas with my own here.  This
      information is used with permission.  Thanks again.  
      
      Walkthrough Contents
      -------------------------------
      0.  Prelude 
      1.  Before you start
      2.  The first week
      3.  Week 2
      4.  Week 3
      5.  Week 4
      6.  Summer Year 1
      7.  Fall Year 1
      8.  Winter Year 1
      9.  Year 2
      10. Year 3
      11. Year 4 
      12. Year 5
      13. Retirement
      
      1. Before You Start
      ----------------------------
      
      This section is really a guide all on its own, which is why it has its
      own contents and section numbers.  I could put it buy itself, but it
      makes reference to the main guide above. So, I decided to put it all
      together in one file for viewing convenience.  I know if you just bought
      this game or you are starting a new file on it, it can be tempting to
      put it into the DS and just start playing the game.  You are welcome to
      do that if you want to, but if you are going to follow this guide
      exactly you need to do a few things first.  Keeping on track with the
      walkthrough requires you to do a little preparation and planning before
      you start the game.  That way you will be up to speed while your playing
      and won't have to look back to the walkthrough or the guide so often.  
      
      First, if this is you first harvest moon game or the first time you
      played through the game, then read the directions that came with it
      first.  The instruction manual to this game is very well organized and
      will teach you most of the basics you need to play the game.  It really
      helps to be familiar with the controls and the techniques required to
      accomplish tasks in this game.  The second thing you need to do is start
      reading this guide a little before you start playing the game.  Go back
      to the general guide and skim over each of the major sections before you
      begin playing.  Make sure you have a chance to read through the quick
      start miniguide, the mining, and the harvest sprite and casino sections
      before you start looking at the walkthrough.  Knowledge from these
      sections is critical to get through out the first spring.  So,
      familiarizing yourself ahead of time will get you ready to proceed.  
      
      The next order of business is to get some references in place for while
      your playing the game.  The first part of the guide is full of useful
      tables that you will likely want quick access to while your playing the
      game.  For example, you will want a list of the harvest sprites and the
      heart events for the girl you want to marry available to you for quick
      reference.  It can be a pain to boot up the computer and sift through
      this long file every time you want to find something.  I would suggest
      that you print out some of the key pages you want to use.  You can print
      a selection of text by highlighting it and choosing the print option
      from the file menu.  Now that your ready to get started, you need to
      make a few decisions before you approach this game with the walkthrough.
      
      The other major decision you need to make before you start is who you
      are going to marry in the game.  The walkthrough plans for you to be
      courting your new bride on the second or third day of spring.  So, you
      need to know who you are going to marry ahead of time.  Open the
      instruction manual and look up the girls from the valley and pick one
      out to marry.  Note, that this guide assumes you are going to marry one
      of the five valley girls or the mermaid.  Marrying the mineral town
      girls ends your game and the harvest goddess and with princess each take
      five years to court.  Keria lives at the bottom of the second mine and
      is a pain to reach especially because you need ultimate curry to start
      the relationship and her favorite gift is gold lumber.  If you want to
      marry one of the harder girls, just ignore the marriage subjections in
      the sections below and follow their events listed in the marriage part
      of the guide.  This will just push back your marriage and family for a
      couple of years.  
      
      The final thing you need to do is learn to read ahead of where you are
      in this guide.  While the path you are following through the game can be
      predicted, there are a few small things that are easy to forget along
      the way.  You should read ahead a few weeks to a game season of where
      you are and come back to review the guide.  Believe me when I tell you
      that it is easy to forget something.   The little details of the game
      can set your long term goals back quite a bit if your not careful.  So
      check where you are often in the guide.  Now that the preliminary stuff
      is done let's get down to the game itself. 
      
      2. The first week
      ------------------------------
      
      The first week of the game or so is already outlined in the quick start
      magnitude very well. You should focus on following that and you will be
      right on target to starting off on the right foot.  Here is a list of
      goals for the first few weeks as well as the rest of the first spring.
      
      Get a base of money established.
      
      Get most of the iron tools to mystrile level.
      
      Start building up the affection rating of your girl friend. 
      
      Attend some of her heart events.
      
      Get the home shopping network open and start buying things.
      
      Ship a cabbage and start working on unlocking harvest sprites.
      
      Get a couple of animal shed up and running.
      
      Get your house expanded at least once.  
      
      Purchase most of the accessories and tools you will need.  
      
      Get a stock of bodygizer and turbojolt ready.  
      
      Attend two festivals.
      
      Retrieve the fishing pole.  
      
      Expand your ruck sack twice.
      
      Get a base of medals established at the casino.
      
      Well, as you can see that is quite a lot to get done in the first game
      season, but if you stick to a well planned schedule you will be able to
      get through it with flying colors. Getting established early in the
      season will give you more options to advance through the rest of the
      game.  
      
      Spring 1
      ------------------------
      This is the first day of spring in the game.  You cannot actually get
      the farm started until the second.  Enter your name and birthday as well
      as the name of your farm and pets.  Then sit back and watch the opening
      sequence to get a feel for the story line of the game.  The go to bed
      and get ready to get started the next day.
      
      Spring 2
      -----------------------
      Get up and greet the first day that you can work on your farm and get
      established.  Your plans for the day should be pretty straight forward. 
      Head over to the dig site. Use the saving trick to learn where things
      are buried in the floor.  You goal for the day is to collect jewelry
      that you can ship.  The bracelets and broaches sell for 2000g each and
      you need to find about 30 to 50 of them. Then you want to double back
      and go back to the dig site and trigger the event with carter to open
      the first mine. You can use the colored grasses and bamboo shoots to
      restore stamina and fatigue if you run low.  Use the resource management
      guide to learn how to keep track of your fatigue and stamina.
      Go home and go to bed.
      
      Spring 3
      -----------------
      Head back over to the dig site and start going through the first mine
      down to the bottom.  The descending process is outlined in the mining
      section.  Kill the monster on the bottom floor and return to the
      surface.  Use up the rest of your stamina and fatigue to gather more
      jewelry from the dig site.  When your running low on both, head over to
      the inner in and wait for 10:00 am to roll around.  Head upstairs and
      talk to Van.  Sell him the jewelry that you got from the dig site.  Van
      will offer you more money than just shipping the items would yield. 
      Haggle with him a few times until you make around 3000g for each of the
      items you are selling him.  Then buy 10 to 12 turbojolt XL and spend
      every remaining penny you have on bodygizer XL.  You may also want to
      examine the crate while your here to unlock Jet. During one of each and
      head back over to the mine and wait for 9:00 pm to roll around.  When it
      does enter the dig site and trigger the event with carter again to open
      the second mine.  Note, you need to have the hammer equipped to do it. 
      Then head into the mine as the miniguide outlines and fill your ruck
      sack with pink diamonds and amethyst.  Each of them is worth 10000g or
      up to 15000g to Van.  After your run you will likely be out of supplies
      or low on them.  So head back to the farm and go to bed. 
      
      I should comment on one other event that you will likely encounter on
      that day.  It is the process involved in getting the legendary sword
      from Keria on the 255th floor of the second mine.  If you don't get it
      the first time, you can repeat theses steps on any run of the mine to
      retrieve the sword from her.  When you reach floor 255 you will notice
      that there is a large boulder blocking a path into an upper room.   You
      need to kill all of the enemies on the floor including the bugs with one
      of your tools.  Then the screen will flash white for a second and reload
      the room with the boulder removed. Next, you need to walk into the room
      at the top before you leave the mine.  Inside you will meet Keria and
      she will be holding a sword.  She asks you if you want it and you need
      to respond with a yes reply.  She will then give you the sword and you
      will be transported back to the surface.   
      
      Spring 4.
      --------------------
      Unfortunately, Van has left town and won't return until the 8th.  He
      comes in on every day ending in a 3 or an 8.  You will have to wait for
      his return to resume making mining profits.  Once you get up, head out
      the door of your house and over to the shipping box.  Ship two of the
      pink diamonds from the mine.  I know Van will pay more for them, but you
      will need the 20000g for the next few days just to survive.  With that
      done, head out into town and start gathering the harvest sprites that
      work in the casino and the sprite shop.  Unlock any of the sprites that
      require you to examine something in town to unlock them.  You can do
      this over the next few days if you want, but they need to all be here by
      the 8th.  Find the girl you want to marry and give her a diamond from
      the mine unless it's Nami in which case you will have to use flowers
      instead.
      
      If you still have time left, you should go ahead and forage for anything
      that you can carry are from around the map.  This includes all the wild
      grasses and the weeds.  Pick them up with the a button and place them
      into your backpack with the Y button.  Then, when you get back at the
      end of the day ship all of them out through the shipping box and head to
      bed.  This will increase total number of items that you have shipped. 
      You need to ship 1000 items to get the horse and this will help you to
      unlock several of the harvest sprites. 
      
      Spring 5 and 6
      -------------------------
      You will need to spend these two days just like you did on the 4th of
      spring.  You need to give the girl you're going to marry a gift each
      day, additionally, you should start giving a gift to Flora each day
      until you trigger her blue heart event.  It is the first step towards
      unlocking both of the hot springs.   Note, it is assumed from here on
      out that you will be giving both girls a gift every day until Flora's
      blue heart event is triggered and the other girl is ready for marriage. 
      I won't be including these instructions again. Go about your business
      until 10 am and then head back to your farm.  Head over to the phone and
      call Karen's general store.  She will have a number of items for sale,
      but the one you want is at the bottom of the list.  It's a larger ruck
      sack that will double your carry capacity.  
      
      In addition to the ruck sack, you also need to buy another item of your
      choice from the store.  It really, doesn't matter what, either seeds or
      any food item will do for this requirement.  You need to continue
      purchasing an items from the store everyday for the next 10 days that
      the store is open. This is the key to unlocking the second harvest
      sprite channel and being able to buy the items sold on the home shopping
      network. Spend the rest of your days foraging for more items to ship and
      if you still have stamina you can go start to gather building materials
      now that you have space to store them in your ruck sack.  Breaking
      stones and cutting lumber are the keys to unlocking several of the
      harvest sprites.  
      
      Spring 7
      ---------------------------
      Today is a little different from the last two game days that you have
      had.  There are three tasks that you need to complete on this game day
      other than the girls and the super market.  First thing in the morning,
      you need to head out of your house and leave your farm. Then you need to
      head over to the river and head upwards towards the harvest sprites
      tree.  Just follow the river to the north until you come to the water
      fall.  You will notice two large rock formation that you cannot break
      with the hammer.  You need to equip the legendary sword and walk up next
      to them.  Then while facing them push the A button and you will trigger
      a short cut scene where you character will destroy them with the sword. 
      This will yield two benefits.  First, it will open a more northern route
      between the dig site and the harvest sprite tree.  Second and more
      importantly, this will open the cave that leads to the second field
      behind the waterfall.  Crops planted here will grow two days faster than
      on your farm.  This is important because it allows you to level up crops
      the fastest.
      
      Once this event is complete, head over to the dig site and enter the
      first mine again.  Work your way down to the 10th floor conserving
      stamina by looking for the holes that will drop you one floor at a time. 
      Once you arrive, kill the one dark chick that is there and start looking
      for mystrile in the rocks with the hammer.  You will need to find at
      least six pieces of it here.  So, save your game and break all the rocks
      on the floor to find out where the mystrile is hidden.  Then you can
      reload your game and dig up only the pieces that you need to reach the
      six that you require.  Then exit the mine and head south towards the
      small shack where Galen and Nina live.  When you arrive, head up towards
      the door and wait for time to pass.
      
      The event you are trying to trigger occurs some time between 11:00 am
      and 2:00 pm.  Just keep walking in and out of the house at 10 minutes
      intervals until it triggers.  When you enter the house, you will trigger
      a short cut scene with Galen where his is doing a little spring
      cleaning.  He finds an old fishing pole and gives it to you.  This is
      how you get the fishing pole in the game.  If you miss this event for
      some reason, you can trigger it later on any Saturday in the spring
      between 11 and 2 to get the fishing pole.  You need to have it by the
      end of the spring for sure.  Otherwise you will be a year behind this
      guide.  
      
      Once you have the fishing pole, head over to the harvest goddess spring
      and the watering hole on your farm in any order.  Cast the rod out into
      both of them and reel it back in.  This will unlock two of the fishing
      harvest sprites.  Once you have them, if you still have time, go forage
      for items to ship and then go to bed.  
      
      Spring 8
      -----------------------------
      This will probably be the longest game day you have during the whole
      game unless you try to run the 4th mine.  However, it is the most
      important and the best way to get going.  Early in the morning, you need
      to head out and cross the bridge towards Vesta's farm.  This will
      trigger a short event where you meet the harvest sprite Roller.  He will
      introduce himself to you and teleport you back to the harvest sprite
      tree.  Here, you will get a short lesson on how the medal system for
      hiring the sprites works in the game and an explanation about the
      casino.  The entire system is outlined and explained in section 6 of the
      above guide.  You will then be put outside of the tree and you need to
      wait there until the tree opens for business around 9 in the morning. 
      Once it opens, head inside and go into the back room through the door on
      the right side of the screen. Walk over to the counter on the far left
      and talk to roller.  
      
      You need to speak with him and buy some medals from him. You will want
      to buy about 100 to 200 medals from him for 10g each.  Now that you have
      enough medals to get started, you need to generate quite a few of them. 
      You can do this by gambling until you get luck with the double up.  See
      section 6 for details on this process.  You will need to generate about
      20000 medals to stabilize your position in the game.  Once you have
      reached the required number of medals, you need to buy a couple of
      things from Roller.  Talk to him and select the trade medals for items
      option.  You need to purchase the teleport stone first.  It allows you
      to transport yourself anywhere in the valley for 2 fatigue points which
      saves on travel time.  Secondly, you need to buy the truth ring, this
      will allow you to see your stamina and fatigue.  It is very helpful when
      mining because it allows you to know when to drink bodygizer and
      turbojolt.  The third item I recommend buying is the friendship ring. 
      It allows you to see the friendship and affection values of the
      townspeople when you equip it.  It is helpful for monitoring your love
      relationships.  Also, buy a bag of cabbage seeds.  
      
      Okay, now that you have your items purchased here, back into the first
      room and talk to Guts.  Go ahead and hire the fishing team for a week.
      This will allow you to gain fish towards unlocking the later members of
      the team.  It takes a while so, you might as well get started now. 
      After you finish with your affairs here, head outside and fire up the
      teleport stone.  You want to teleport to inner inn and head upstairs to
      meet Van.  Sell him the pink diamonds and Alexandrite from your
      inventory.  This should yield about 500,000g to 800,000g if you haggle
      over the selling price several times.  You need to take all the money
      you just made and buy BodigizerXL and TurblojoltXL with it until your
      broke.  You want about 100 turbojolt XL's and the rest should go to
      bodigizers.  With this finished, grab the teleport stone and head back
      outside the inn.  Next, teleport back up to the dig site and get ready
      to run the second mine.  You are going to excavate it for pink diamonds
      and alexandrite again top to bottom just like you did on the third day. 
      This time, get as many floors as you can along the way. Stop and every
      multiple of 3 for a pink diamond and every multiple of 10 for 1 or more
      alexandrite between floors 100 and 255.  
      
      When you finish your first run of the mine, dig it up a second time
      thoroughly.  After the second run is complete, go ahead and do a third. 
      I know this is very time consuming.  It takes about 2 to 2 1/2 hours
      real time to run the mine once.  But, this will likely be the last time
      you need to run it for a while.  Equip the truth ring and keep an eye on
      your stamina and drink bodigizers as needed.  After you finish your
      third run of the mine, you will notice that time passes very slowly in
      the mine.  It will likely be between noon and 1:00 p.m. when you finish
      in the game.  So, far so good, but you still have a little to go.  The
      next order of business is to head over to the secret cave behind the
      waterfall and plant the bag of cabbage seeds and water it.   You need to
      ship a cabbage to unlock one of the shipping harvest sprites, so you
      might as well get started on it.  Next, you need to teleport back to the
      inn to sell your latest hall of stones to Van.  This time, if you are
      patient on the price, you will get around 2 to 3 million g for them.
      That sum will sustain you for quite a while.  
      
      Next, teleport back to your farm and get on the phone.  Look up all the
      businesses you can call and buy any of the tools that you can for under
      10000g a tool.  The list includes the brush, milker, sheers, touch panel
      gloves, and anything else you see that you want.  Now, you need to put
      in a call to Gotz and order an animal shed.  You will obviously need to
      purchase the material, wood is a good compromise at 35,000g.  It is
      sturdy and won't drastically drain your account.  Keep in mind that you
      will have to knock several of the animal sheds down later in the game to
      make way for chicken sheds to unlock several of the sprites.  So, think
      carefully before you commit to an expensive stone building.  The final
      order of business for the day is to teleport back to inn one last time. 
      Head up to the second floor and talk to van again.  You need to restock
      your BodigizerXL and TurblojoltXL.  You need about 500 BodigizerXL. 
      Then teleport back to your farm.  
      
      Once your back to the farm it's time to start working on the tools.  You
      want to get all of the expertise for your tools up to the point that
      they are ready to upgrade to mystrile.  To do this, simply use the tool
      continuously in the house because time won't pass here.  Keep the truth
      ring equipped and keep an eye on your stamina.  Refill it every time it
      runs out with a BodigizerXL and repeat the process until all your tools
      are ready for the mystrile level.  You can keep track of their progress
      on the status menu by touching the picture of your character's head with
      the stylis.  You will need to fill the watering can repeatedly to
      upgrade it.  Once most of your tools reach the final level, or 3:30
      whichever comes first, call Gary the blacksmith on the phone.  Select
      tool upgrade from him and upgrade your hammer to mystrile level.  You
      will lose your hammer for about 5 days.  I know you need it to mine, but
      with 1.5 to 2 million g in your pocket you should have enough money to
      get by for now if you don't buy anything you don't need.  
      
      3. Week 2 Intro
      ---------------------------------------
      
      Well, you made it through your first week of the game without much
      difficulty and look how far you have already come.  However, you have a
      long way to go in the game.  I need to point a few things out at this
      point that I am going to take for granted and assume that you will do on
      your own.  These are things you need to get done as soon as you possibly
      can and remember to update daily.  First, each day you need to give your
      girlfriend a gift to increase their heart rating.  You should also start
      working on Flora even if you aren't going to marry her.  Her blue heart
      event is needed to unlock the hot springs.  Next, you also need to
      continue upgrading your tools all to the mystrile level.  The process is
      simple, when one tool is finished, call Gary and have him start on the
      next one until all six are done.  Make sure to do them in an order that
      won't interfere with your farm work.  For example, wait until you have
      shipped a cabbage to get the watering can upgraded.  You also need to
      make sure to buy something from Karen's store everyday that it is open
      until the second harvest sprite channel unlocks.  
      
      Also, you need to keep hiring either the fishing team or the healing
      team since you need to use them several times to unlock their later
      members.  You should also start throwing you dog and cat and petting
      them with the touch panel gloves once a day.  The goal of all of this is
      to start unlocking the harvest sprites.  You can find the requirements
      to unlock all of them in section 5 of the guide.  Try to get as many as
      you can especially the harvesting team. They will be the main stay of
      you profit later in the game.  You also need to unlock 60 of them to get
      married.  The family life unlocks quite a bit in the game so getting
      married by the end for the first year is a worth goal. You also need to
      water you cabbage everyday until you can ship one to unlock the shipping
      sprite.  
      
      Finally, this guide now assumes you know how to make money when you need
      it.  If you try to do everything suggested in the walkthrough here on
      your sleeping stamina allotment, you will find that you cannot.  I am
      assuming that you will be going thru 2-6 BodigizerXL a day just getting
      the farm work done.  As such, you will need money to stock up on them
      when Van comes to town the days ending in 3 and 8.  Also, there are
      quite a few things you need to buy to get through the game.  You will
      find that the 2 million g g you now have will last quite a while, but it
      will eventually run out, especially if you buy the expensive
      accessories.  The mine is your primary source of income at this point in
      the game.  I will not advise you to make another run again in this
      walkthrough.  I will assume that you will make them as your finances
      require you to do so.  After the second year completes, you won't ever
      need to do it again with any luck.  
      
      spring 9
      ----------------------
      Wake up and have Gotz build your new barn.  It will take two days to
      complete.  Put it someplace easy to reach from the house.  Take care of
      your girl and forage for the rest of the day or gather materials to
      unlock the orange sprites and defer your building costs. You should also
      go to the harvest sprite casino and purchase a bag of cabbage seeds. 
      Then you need to plant and water a them for the day.  Shipping a cabbage
      will unlock one of the shipping sprites who is key to making money later
      in the game.   
      
      spring 10
      ---------------------
      Not much new here, you should spend the day gathering materials and
      foraging.  If the map is running low now, you can pass the time fishing.
      You should also call yodel ranch if they're open and buy 99 pieces of
      fodder from them.  
      
      spring 11
      -------------------
      Gotz will finish with your first animal shed today.  You can spend the
      day pretty much as you have been doing, but you need to do one
      additional thing today.  Call yodel ranch, if they're open and order 4
      cows.  Rick will deliver them to the front of your farm and you will
      need to push them into the barn. Call Gotz again and have him build the
      silo this time. preferably out of stone it's not that expensive.  Then
      you need to head out to the barn and talk to each of the cows.  Then you
      need to pet them by equipping the touch panel gloves and pushing the A
      button next to them.  You also need to wash them by equipping the brush
      and the touch panel gloves at the same time and using the brush. 
      Finally, you need to feed all of them.  It will be a week or so before
      you can start milking them. You can also wash and pet your horse. The
      actions you are taking here will eventually unlock about 12 of the
      harvest sprites over the next few seasons.  
      
      spring 12
      -------------------
      Nothing much new here.  Gotz will arrive and start work on the new silo.
      Bury it in some remote corner of the farm.  Make sure you water the
      cabbage and give the girls a gift each.  Take care of the animals by
      petting, washing, talking, and feeding all of them.  (From here on this
      will be referred to as taking care of the animals.) This is extremely an
      extremely important part of getting the harvest sprites together.  If
      you read the unlocking section, you will see that more than one third of
      the required sprites to release the harvest goddess can be obtained by
      caring for your animals.  You should start with the washing and petting
      of the cows and you can start working on the shipping milk sprites in a
      week.  You can also pet your dog and cat each day and wash your horse to
      increase your path towards these sprites. Once you have milked your cows
      700 times you can switch over to sheep and start on getting wool.  Keep
      in mind that all the unlock activates must be done with the touch panel
      gloves equipped. From here on out I will assume that you wash, pet, and
      milk each of your animals daily. When you finish, forage or gather
      material for the rest of the day.  
      
      spring 13
      ------------------------
      You day should start with Gary returning your hammer to you.  Walk in
      and out of your house a second time and Gotz should be done with the
      silo.  Take care of the animals and work until 11:00 rolls around.  Fire
      up the phone and call Gotz.  Have him start construction on another
      wooden animal shed for you.  You should then call Gary and have him
      start working on upgrading your next tool. The hoe is a good choice to
      have it done and out of the way Finally, you should call  Rick and have
      him fill up your new silo.  
      
      Spring 14
      -----------------------
      Today is the spring thanksgiving festival and the first event you can be
      part of in the game.  Really, the game day is nothing special accept if
      you give a girl a gift it will count for extra and the shops will be
      closed.  Take care of your animals and forage for the rest of the day. 
      It would is also a good day to be collecting wood with your axe and
      hammer if you want stone.  
      
      Spring 15
      -----------------------
      Today is similar to the last few days you have played so far.  Gotz will
      show up early in the morning and ask you where you want the new barn. 
      Place it and get to work on your animals for the day.  Make sure to wash
      and pet all of them with the touch panel gloves.  Make a run out to your
      girl when you are done and give her a gift to increase her affection.
      Make sure you are doing this every day.  Water your cabbage and spend
      the rest of the day gathering either materials for foraging. Remember
      that you need to gather a certain amount of material to unlock several
      of the harvest sprites.  
      
      4. Week 3
      ---------------------------------
      Well, with the first two game weeks under your belt, you are off to a 
      great start at the game.  If you have been reading this walkthru
      carefully, you are beginning to see a pattern in your days progression. 
      From this point forward, I won't be reminding you to pet or wash your
      animals and give a gift to your girl friend each day. Also, make sure
      that you are buying something from Karen's store everyday that it is
      open excluding Tuesdays, Sundays, and holidays to go towards channel 2
      getting unlocked. I am assuming that you are completing each of these
      tasks daily towards the furtherance of your long term goals. You should
      see the pattern of daily events and I don't need to remind you of them
      constantly.  However, don't get too comfortable, things will change
      before you know it.  
      
      Spring 16
      ---------------------------------
      Another quiet day on the farm spend attending to the animals and
      gathering resources.  You should call Yodel farm today and fill up the
      silo completely with fodder so that you have a steady supply on hand.
      Keep fishing and foraging if you have extra time. If you have time on
      your hands at this point in the game, you are well established and could
      spend it exploring the town and meeting people rather than working on
      gathering resources for the farm.  
      
      Spring 17 
      ----------------------
      Today, Gotz will finish with your second barn. You will need to run your
      normal daily routine with a few exceptions. Today you need to contact
      Gotz again and have him start on a third barn You should also order 4
      more cows and start caring for them from Yodel ranch.  Remember, the
      more animals that you have, the quicker you will be able to unlock the
      rest of the harvest sprites.  You need 60 of them before you can get
      married and that requires focus if you want to be married by the end of
      year 1.  Also, you should be getting pretty close at this point to being
      triggering your girl friend's second heart event.  Consult the marriage
      section for the specific locations and requirements.
      
      Spring 18
      --------------------
      Well, it is time for the Duck festival at the beach.  Popuri will have
      come to your house the day before but, you certainly don't have a duck
      to enter so, you will have to wait for the following year to enter the
      festival. Still, you should attend the festival anyway because unlocking
      channel six requires you to attend 3 festivals.  Make sure that you take
      care of your animals and water your cabbage before you attend the
      festival.  You can also finish any unfinished work in the evening.
      
      Spring 19
      ---------------------
      This will be one of the most significant days to the changes in your
      routine in the game.  A great deal will unlock and change during this
      game day.  At its start, you will find Gary returning with your hoe in
      the morning followed by Gotz to place your third barn. After you collect
      the new tool, take care of the animals and water the crops as usual. 
      You will need to call Gray at some point during the day and have him
      start upgrading on your next tool.  Anything but the watering can is a
      good choice at this point since you need it to water the crops.  Pick
      your favorite tool and send it along to Gray to upgrade.  Two other
      significant event will happen during this game day.
      
      The first, is that by this point channel two should be unlocked if you
      have been buying something from Karen each day.  This will grant you
      access to the home shopping network that will sell you one item each
      week.  The first item up for bid is the table, which may seem only
      decorative, but it is necessary to allow you to upgrade the house.  You
      need to order it before the day is out by using the phone to call the
      home shopping network.  The second item of importance is that your first
      batch of cow should be giving milk today. Remember that you need to have
      the touch panel gloves equipped if you want the milking to count towards
      unlocking the harvest sprites.
      
      Spring 20
      -----------------------
      Today will be a normal boring day.  Just keep the farm running and keep
      working towards your long term goals.  Today is also a good day to run
      the mine if you are starting to run low on money.  Gotz will show up and
      you can tell him where to put the third barn at.  Also, by this point
      Karen's store should have the second Ruck sack upgrade, which will allow
      you to get a third inventory menu.
      
      Spring 21 
      -------------------------
      Again, just keep things running at status quo today.  There are a few
      boring days in the games progression like this one.  Again it might be a
      good time to run the mine if you are bored.  
      
      Spring 22 
      -------------------------
      Today is the cooking festival on the beach in the morning.  You cannot
      enter the festival because you cannot cook without a kitchen.  But, you
      should still attend to work on unlocking channel six.  Make sure you
      take care of the animals and water the crops.  
      
      Week 4
      --------------------
      Well, as we approach the last week of spring we are getting pretty close
      to the goals we established for the season.  Hopefully you have some
      rocks from the mine that you should be ready to sell Van to replenish
      your money supplies.  Also remember, that you may not be exactly where
      the walkthru puts you at this point. It is entirely possible that you
      made a small mistake or that I miscalculated something due to the days
      of the week.  Just keep working at it and you will get to where you need
      to go sooner or later. Here we go.
      
      Spring 23
      ----------------------
      This a another important day in the first season on your farm a lot will
      be happening today.  First, Gotz will arrive early in the morning to
      inform you that the third barn is done.  At some point in the day you
      need to fill it with cows.  Remember, the more cows you have the faster
      the sprites will unlock.  In fact having 10 cows will unlock one of
      them.  The second major item of the days is that the table should have
      arrived by now.  This means that you can access the first house upgrade. 
      You will need to contact Gotz to order the expansion, which requires a
      good deal of stone to build.  You may have it already gather, but more
      than likely you will need to buy at least some of it from him.  
      
      You should also not that Van visits today, so it is a good day to sell
      him your mined diamonds and stock up on healing supplies.  The final
      thing to note for the day is that your cabbage should be grown by now
      and ready to ship.  Especially if it was planted behind the waterfall. 
      This will unlock one of the harvesting sprites, which is crucial to you
      later in the game.  
      
      Spring 24
      ------------------------
      Today is just an ordinary day in your rotation.  Gotz will arrive to
      announce the start of the house upgrade and Gary will return your tool
      to you.  You should contact him today and have him start working on the
      watering can upgrade.  It is an ideal time because you should be between
      the spring and summer growing seasons.  
      
      Spring 25
      -------------------------
      Another quiet day on the farm.  You should take care of the animals and
      keep working on your girl friend.  Also make sure that you are giving
      gifts to Flora on a regular basis to work towards her blue heart event
      and the hot springs unlocking.  
      
      Spring 26
      ----------------------------
      Today is another quiet day on the farm taking care of animals and giving
      a gift to your girls. If you have the upgraded version of the axe or
      hammer you should consider breaking up stumps and boulders in your spare
      time on the map.  Doing these will unlock a couple of easy harvest
      sprites.  You should also be able to buy your second item from the home
      shopping network today.  It will likely be one of the containers.  This
      is another good day to make a run of the mine for money.
      
      Spring 27
      ---------------------------
      Alright, Gotz should be finished with the first house upgrade by now.
      You will notice that your house's area will be expanded.  This will
      unlock several new items for sale on the shopping channel.  Keep running
      with the animal routine and have Gotz start work the next day on your
      fourth cow barn.  
      
      Spring 28
      --------------------------
      Gotz will show up and announce the placement of the fourth cow barn. 
      Tell him where to stick it and get to work on your farm.  Keep an eye on
      your girls affection points at this time.  You should be closing in on
      her third heart event and Flora's blue on needed to open the hot
      springs.  Keep those gifts coming in a steady stream. Also, note that
      Van comes to town to day if you need to stock up on money and supplies. 
      
      Spring 29
      -------------------------
      The second to last day of spring is finally here and you have gotten
      your farm off to a good start.  Gray will show up and return the
      mystrile watering can to you today and you should have him start
      upgrading one of your two remaining tools towards mystrile level. You
      also need of buy a bag of pineapple seeds from the casino shop today. 
      Take care of the animals and keep looking for sprites that you can work
      towards unlocking.  
      
      End of Spring Conclusion 
      ----------------------------
      Well, if you have followed the steps listed above so far, you should be
      well on your way to getting through the game. Okay I know there is one
      day left, but I am going to add it to summer.  By this points, you
      should have around 20 - 25 of the harvest sprites unlocked as well as
      most of the channels accept 6 and 9 at this point. Your girl friend and
      Flora unless they are one in the same should both be nearing their blue
      heart event level.  Flora is important because her third heart event
      opens the hot springs which allow you to unlock 5 of the harvest sprites
      later in the game.  You should also have about 6 to 8 million g on hand
      and 500 Bodygizer XL's and Turbojolt XL's ready to keep your stamina
      available to you.  The mine can provide you with the required funds if
      you don't 
      
      Notes:  Make sure you at least one of each of the seasons colored
      grasses for.  You will need the for winter.  Buy 400 bags of cucumber
      seeds.
      
      6. Summer Year 1 
      -------------------------
      Well, I am going onto Summer now, but I am going to change the flow of
      the guide a little.  In stead of doing the day by day report, I am going
      to start going through things week by week.  I assume that you have
      learned by now that Gotz takes 4 days to make something and order the
      next building, Gray takes 6 to upgrade a tool counting the day of the
      order, and that cows require a week to produce milk after you but them. 
      I trust that you also know to take care of your animals and girl friend,
      and forage each day as well.  Also, you need to keep buying one thing a
      week from the shopping network and keep your farm stocked with animal
      feed, healing supplies, animal medicine, and anything else you use on a
      daily basis.  Finally, you need to make runs of the mine periodically to
      gather money from Van, but only as you need it.  From here on out I
      won't be reminding you of these things unless they have an important
      significance to you.  In other words keep up the good work.  The entries
      will be a little long, but they cover a whole week and not just one day
      any more. 
      
      Just as you had a list of goals for spring, here is a list of goals you
      should accomplish by the end of summer. 
      
      Have 40 or more harvest sprites unlocked.  
      
      Have the house upgraded twice
      
      Purchase 4 more things from the home shopping network. 
      
      Build a maker shed.
      
      Get the seed maker.  
      
      Have all the tools to Blessed level.
      
      Open the third mine.  
      
      Gather some of the cured accessories.
      
      Start closing on your girl's fourth heart event.  
      
      Have 4 of your animals give birth once.
      
      Build 2 chicken coops.
      
      Attend the festivals
      
      Unlock the first hot springs.  
      
      Keep things running smoothly on the farm.  
      
      I know this looks like a pretty long list to get done in just one
      season, but I can assure you that it can be done and that you will have
      no trouble if you keep up with your daily requirements listed in the
      first paragraph of the season.  If you can get through this season, then
      you will be married the first year and be able to start planning for
      your future profit margin in year two during the fall.  Good luck let's
      get started.  
      
      
        
      Summer Week 1
      -----------------------
      
      The first week of summer here also contains the last day of spring.  By
      now you should know that you need to take care of the animals everyday,
      giver your girlfriend a gift each day, and that you need to Gather
      supplies as you need them.  Lets go through this week by the events that
      should transpire.  
      
      Buildings:
      
      Early in the week, Gotz will finish building your fourth cow barn and
      You should set him to work on constructing the maker shed at this point.
      He should finish it by the end of  the week and you should start on the
      next building.  Right now you need to focus on unlocking the animal
      sprites starting with the cows.  Once he finishes the shed you should
      have him start on a fifth cow barn someplace on your property.  
      
      Tools:
      Gary should finish your fifth tool to the mystrile level early in the
      week and you should have him start upgrading the final one.  If you need
      more experience with any of the tools, stay indoors and use them
      repeatedly and replenish your stamina with BodigizerXL.  
      
      Mining: 
      
      The only event of major importance this week is that you need to open
      the third mine as it is described in the mining section of the guide. 
      This is not a complicated task, you need to get the sword from the
      bottom of the second mine and trigger the cut scene with Carter early in
      the morning or late at night.  The third mine is not important to your
      wealth, but you will need it by the end of the next week.  
      
      Crops:
      You need to plant and water one bag of pineapple seeds this week if you
      are going to get the sprite from it unlocked.  
      
      Other:  This week is not as important as the weeks to come during the
      summer.  You need to complete the above tasks and keep the farm running
      at status quo.  Keep milking, washing, and petting the cows with the
      touch panel glove to unlock the harvest sprites.  Remember you need 60
      of them to free the harvest goddess and to get married.  You should also
      be getting close on some of the other categories as well as the easy to
      unlock sprites.  You should also hire the fishing team during this week
      so that you can start stock piling fish towards the 50,000 requirement. 
      
      
      Week 2
      ------------------------
      Well, with the end of the first week you should be well ready for the
      second.  This week is much more important than the first and you need to
      be prepared to hustle and get things done.  The following week is the
      most important for the summer.
      
      Tools:
      Early during the week, Gray will arrive and tell you that your final
      tools is upgraded and ready for use.  Now you have all of the tools to
      the mystrile level and you are ready to go after the next level.  Count
      the days carefully and be ready for when he finishes the delivery,
      because you will need to get him started on his next project right away.
      You need to head to the third mine early in the week and find a chunk of
      Adimante.  It is the diamond shaped gray rock.  It can be found on any
      floor in the mine and each floor will usually only have one piece. 
      Finding it is hit and miss, but after two or three floors of breaking
      stones you should have one.  You need to have Gray use the stone in to
      make the seed maker for you. This is critically important because it
      will be key to making your major profits during the second year.  
      
      Buildings:  
      Gotz will show up early in the week and tell you that your fifth cow
      barn is done.  Set him to work on the second house upgrade next.  You
      need it to buy the kitchen and the basements and you will be running out
      of things on the home shopping network if you don't have the second
      house upgrade.  Once he finishes the second house upgrade have him make
      you your first basement and make sure that you build it out of stone so
      that it won't collapse.  The basement is the most important part of your
      farm for making money later in the game because it allows you to grow
      crops out of season.  
      
      Mining: 
      I am going to be honest with everyone up front.  You will be spending a
      great deal of time in the third mine this week and during the rest of
      the summer.  The main purpose of your visits this week will be to find
      the cursed tools hidden in the third mine.  Finding them can be tricky
      and very time consuming.  Make sure that you pack plenty of health
      supplies when you go looking for them.  
      
      The Cursed Tools:
      The cursed tools appear in the third mine after you have all your basic
      tools upgraded to mystrile level.  There is no point in looking for them
      if you don't have your tools completely upgraded.  The floors they are
      hidden on are listed in the mining section of the guide under the Third
      Mine heading.  They are much more difficult to retrieve than they were
      in mineral town so pay attention or you will be very frustrated.  The
      floors that the tools will appear on is random, but they are limited to
      the floors listed in the third section.  The easiest way to get to the
      floors is by falling through the floor and saving your game before you
      go downwards.  You may want to dig for the stairs if you land within one
      or two floors of a cursed tool's location.  Once you arrive on the
      floor, save your game on the second game file and you are ready to begin
      looking for the cursed tools.  
      
      First, begin by killing all of the enemies on the floor, then, start
      plowing the open ground with the hoe.  You will find the tools buried
      underneath the ground and you need the hoe to retrieve them.  If you
      don't find a tool, clear out the stones with the hammer and plow the
      dirt underneath them.  Still, there is no guarantee that a tool will
      appear on one of the named floors.  If you don't find a tool, load your
      game and continue on to the next floor listed for looking.  It is
      possible if you leave the mine and then return to a floor that you have
      already completely searched, you might find a tool there that wasn't
      there before.  Be patient, this takes a long time and you may have to
      enter and exit the mine five or six time checking each floor in order to
      retrieve all of the tools.  
      
      The cursed tools are powerful and do much more work than their weaker
      counterparts.  However, they drain stamina quickly and you cannot remove
      them once you equip them without the help of the church.  Make sure that
      you do not, equip a cursed tool by accident, because it will cut your
      hunt short and force you to return to the surface.  Also, if the church
      is closed that day it may cost you several game days before you can
      remove it.  With a little luck and a lot of patience, you should have
      them all by the end of the week.  
      
      Animals: 
      By now you have quite a collection of animals in your 4 barns.  However,
      you don't want to fill the fifth barn with cows as soon as Gotz finishes
      his work on it.  Instead, call up yodel ranch and order 4 miracle
      potions.  Then you want to head outside and impregnate 4 or your cows
      that are giving milk already.  This will allow you to pursue the sprite
      that requires your animals to give birth 10 times.  You cannot get milk
      from pregnant cows, but you can still pet and wash them.  This will
      leave you 12 cows to gather milk towards your 700 requirements.  
      
      Crops:
      Just make sure to keep watering the bag of pineapple seeds.  Also, make
      sure you have a bag of green pepper seeds purchased from the casino if
      you haven't already.  
      
      Other:
      Keep your farm going and keep working on unlocking sprites.  Again, it
      is a good time to have the fishing team working for you since you have
      nothing else for the sprites to do at the present.  You should keep
      focusing on gathering raw materials to unlock the gathering sprites. 
      Finally, keep giving your girl friend gifts, she should be approaching
      The Green heart level by now. There is no event connected to this level,
      but it is another milestone to mention. Your girl friend might be
      advancing slower or faster based on who she is and what gifts you are
      giving her at this point I am assuming that you are giving her gifts
      worth 700pts a day and choosing the correct paths throughout the heart
      events with her.  
      
      Week 3
      -------------------
      
      The third week of summer has finally arrived and you are well on your
      way to establishing your empire.  This week will begin to warp up your
      primary hunting activates for the summer and Get you ready to shift
      towards beginning to make a profitable option.  
      
      Tools: 
      
      By the beginning of this week, you should have found all of the cursed
      tools.  You need to upgrade them to the blessed tools if you haven't
      already.  To do this, simply call the church when they are open and ask
      them to undo a curse.  You need to equip the cursed tool before you can
      break the curse on it.  Each tool will cost you 100,000g to break the
      curse on.  You can do this one at a time as you find the tools or all at
      once.  The blessed tools will do the same work load as the cursed
      version, but they won't drain stamina as quickly and you can unequip
      them as well.  You need to start getting the tools to mythic level. 
      Each of them will require a mythic stone and two days with Gray. 
      
      Buildings:
      
      With the second house upgrade done and the basement in place, buildings
      are no longer a major concern.  You should probably have Gotz construct
      two of the remaining three storage sheds this week just to get them out
      of your way.  
      
      Girls:
      
      Your girl friend should now have reached the green level and you should
      have unlocked Flora's blue heart event which, opens the hot springs down
      by the circus.  If you sit in them, they will restore your fatigue by a
      2 points a second real time.  
      
      Harvest Sprites: 
      
      At this point in the game, you should have unlocked most of the easy
      harvest sprites.  Mainly the ones that are not related to the animals or
      require more than 200 or something to unlock.  Keep the fishing team
      going this season and catch a fish or two yourself if you ship enough
      fish to unlock more of them.  You should also start spending the
      majority of your free time at the hot springs down by the circus.  You
      should use it several times a day in a row even if you don't need to. 
      Make sure each time you jump in and out an hour passes in the game. 
      This is important to unlocking several things, including one of the
      harvest sprites.  You should be using it between 8 and 10 hours a day. 
      However, make sure you stop before midnight so you have time to avoid
      getting a typhoon in the morning.  
      
      Crops:
      
      Keep watering the bag of pineapples.  They should be approaching
      maturity.
      
      Mining:
      
      We are heading back to the third mine again this week to search for the
      mythic stones necessary to finish the tool upgrades to the final level.
      Note, that the stones will not appear before you have all the tools
      upgraded to blessed level.  Once you have all your tools to the blessed
      level, the stones will appear on floors divisible by 10 between 1 and
      250 (i.e. 10, 20, . . .. 100, 110, ..., 240, 250).  They are found by
      breaking rocks with the hammer.  Again as with finding the cursed tools,
      they are a hit and miss hunt.  Since the tools take two days each to
      upgrade, you can find them as you need them or you can hunt for all six
      of them at once.  The choice is yours.  You will need at least six of
      them in all.  The mythic stones look like a black tree branch.
      
      Other:
      
      This week, just keep doing what you are doing and you should be coming
      along nicely getting ready for the fall.  
      
      Week 4
      -----------------------
      
      The final major week of summer is coming to a close.  This week, you
      should wrap up your work un upgrading the tools and having the farm
      ready for fall.  
      Tools:
      
      Gray should be upgrading your blessed tools to the mythic level as the
      week progresses.  Just keep him busy and try to get two or three more of
      the tools upgraded.
      
      
      Buildings:
      
      Again, here the buildings are not as important as they used to be.  You
      should have Gotz construct a 6th barn for you this week an probably get
      the last storage unit build for you.  
      
      Animals:
      
      At this point in the game, you should have unlocked some of the lower
      level sprites connected to the animals in the game.  Just keep doing
      what you are doing and things will come out fine in the end you will
      see.  
      
      Crops: If you have been watering them, the pineapples should be ready to
      harvest early in the week.  Ship one of them out and unlock the harvest
      sprite connected to it.  Not much to it really.  
      
      Mining:  The worst of the mining should be done at this point in the
      game for now.  Keep collecting the mythic stones if you need them to
      upgrade your remaining tools and start collecting some more adimante for
      the remaining makers when you finish upgrading the tools next week.  
      
      Other:  Make sure that you are spending most of your down time at this
      point in the game hoping in and out the hot springs for an hour each
      time.  You may want to go for an hour and 10 minutes just to make sure
      that the hour counts towards your total.  About half way through the
      week you will trigger an event when you have used the hot spring for an
      hour 100 times.  The mayor and the mineral town sprites will show up and
      offer to build you second set of hot springs up by the goddess pond. 
      This hot spring works in exactly the same way except it restores stamina
      rather than fatigue.  Make sure you get the fishing sprites for fishing
      in each of the hot springs and keep the fishing sprites fishing this
      week.  
      
      The last few days of Summer:
      ------------------------------------
      
      The last few days of summer, you should just keep up with what you are
      doing in the game and make sure you are meeting all of your long and
      short term goals for this point in the game.  With a little work and a
      lot of patience, you should be ready for fall.  Make sure you open the
      waterfall field with the sword if you haven't already done so you will
      need it critically the first day of fall.  
      
      Notes:  Make sure you at least one of each of the seasons colored
      grasses for.  You will need the for winter.  Buy 400 bags of tomato
      seeds.
      
      7. Fall Year 1
      ---------------------------------
      
      Fall, the beginning of your third season in the game.  Up to this point
      in the game, you have been focusing the majority of your efforts into
      preparing your farm for the rest of the game and preparing for the long
      road ahead.  Your income had been completely from mining and you haven't
      really produced anything yielding a real profit. Unfortunately, you
      still have another game year before you will be raking in money hand
      over fist.  But now we are finally ready to begin the real preparations
      for the game.  At this point in the guide, I assume that you know how to
      keep the farm running at status quo.  You need to feed the animals, give
      your girl gifts, water crops, and keep using the hot springs.  You
      should also keep the fishing team fishing for the entire season this
      time.  I am not going to remind you to anymore.  
      
      Goals for the fall:
      
      Start leveling up the seeds for next year.
      
      Finish closing on the 60 harvest sprite mark.
      
      Keep the farm running.
      
      Get your girls to the her final heart event before proposal
      
      Ship a green pepper to unlock the sprite connected to it.
      
      Buy the blue feather.
      
      Finish building your buildings.  
      
      Prepare for winter.
      
      I know this list is a little shorter than the last two season, but you
      will find that it is much more time consuming to complete than the
      previous two.  Keep in mind that if you need money to make a run of the
      second mine.  
      
      The crop money strategy
      -------------------------------------
      
      When I originally bought the game, I looked at the level up system of
      the crops in the game and quickly found that they  could yield
      unimaginable profits later in the game with minimal effort compared to
      the other options.  The shipping prices for the crops increase at an
      exponential rate based on the equation of: 
      
      shipping price = base price * level ^2
      
      As such, they have the highest potential for profits later in the game. 
      Thus, the only problem became what crop to ship out.  The answer is
      really quite simple, but it does help to explain it to avoid getting lot
      of emails stating that I am wrong about my choice of shipping crops out.
      It is a simple mathematical fact that Sweet potatoes are most profitable
      crop in the game.  If you want to take my word for it you can skip the
      next few paragraphs and start reading at week one. If you are curious
      why read on.  
      
      When you look at the equation, you first reaction would probably be to
      go for the crop with the best base shipping price, but that is not
      correct.  You will notice that the level variable has the exponent,
      which means it affect the equations growth rate faster than the base
      price, which is constant.  This means we want to increase the level
      variable as quickly as possible in the game.  Since you need to grow a
      plant to the point it can be shipped to increase its level you want to
      find the crop that grows the fastest. Which, if you look at the crops
      section is turnips. 
      
      However, you also need to look at the harvesting capabilities in the
      game.  If you use turnips to grow, you will need to have a steady supply
      of seeds on hand or convert plants into seeds.  This will cut into your
      time and profits because you need to replace your seed supply and start
      over each time that you want to harvest one group of plants.  So, you
      want to go with a regrowing plant because the regrowing process will
      continue to produce upper level crops without you having to continuously
      replant the field and produce a large amount of seeds.  It just happens
      to turn out that sweet potatoes grow the fastest and regrow the fastest
      out of the regrowing crops in the game.  Unfortunately, you cannot buy
      them until fall, which is why we have waited so long to get started on
      producing upper level crop seeds.  
      
      Fall Week 1
      ---------------------
      This week and its first day are the most important begging for your
      later plans in the game.  
      
      Tools:
      
      By now, all of your tools should be to the mythic level in the game.  If
      they aren't have Gray finish them up this week.  Also, you should have
      him start on the next of the makers.
      
      Buildings: 
      
      At this point, your farm should have all the major structures in place
      at this point.  You should have Gotz produce your seventh and last
      animal barn and probably the mushroom hut if you want to have it.
      
      *****Crops*******:
      
      This is the important part of the season so, PAY ATTENTION  your future
      depends on this.  On the first day of fall, call Karen on the phone and
      order 8 bags of level 1 Sweet potato seeds.  Then, head up to the secret
      field behind the waterfall and till out tow 3 x 3 squares. Plant four
      bags of the yam seeds over top of each other on each of the four squares
      and water them.  That will case the seeds to start growing. Next, you
      need to visit the cave daily and continue to water the crops every day
      for 4 days.  On the 4th day, the crops will have matured and you should
      be ready to pick them.  Go ahead and pick all of the plants and cut down
      the remaining plants with the sickle. You don't want the plants to grow
      another batch, you want the space to start on the next level up.
      
      Now, look at your inventory, you should notice that you have two levels
      of sweet potatoes, level 1 and level 2.  If you plant two or more bags
      of the same crop over each other, there is a chance that the crops will
      increase one level.  The more bags you plant the greater the chance. 
      Take the level 2 yams back to your farm and head to the maker shed. 
      Throw the level 2 yams into the seed maker and you should get back an
      equivalent number of level 2 yam seeds.  Now, head back to the waterfall
      field and plant 4 bags of level two yam seeds on each of the 3 x 3 plots
      and water them.  You should repeat this process every 4 days to increase
      the seeds by one level.  Don't ship the extra higher level plants, make
      them into seeds too and store them on your shelf in your house you will
      need a huge number of upper level seeds the second year.  
      
      You need to repeat this process throughout the fall each day until you
      have less than enough days left to advance the seeds more than one
      level.  Then you need to shift production to your basement.  See the
      crops and building sections or the final week of fall for a better
      explanation of the basement growing process. You should also plant a bag
      of green peppers.  So, you can ship one out and unlock the harvest
      sprite related to it.   
      
      Other:
      
      Keep the farm running and make sure you are spending your free time at
      the hot springs down by the construction site.  It takes a long time to
      unlock the healing sprites associated with the hot springs.  Your girls
      should be closing on her orange affection level soon.
      
      Week 2:
      -----------------------
      This week is a little easier than the first, but a lot can happen in a
      few days.  Keep on your toes.
      
      Tools: You should receive your second maker this week and get Gray
      started on the third. 
      
      Buildings:  Gotz should have already build you most of the structures
      your farm needs.  This would be a good week to purchase the pond if you
      don't already have it.  You could also have him add a second level to
      your basement if you can afford it.  You may need to make a second mine
      run to come up with the money.  
      
      Crops:  Keep up the level up process on the sweet potatoes and your
      green pepper should be ready to ship this week to unlock the sprite.  
      
      Other:  The harvest festival is this week.  Make sure you offer red
      grass to the pot if you want to marry the witch princess. If you are
      doing one of the normal valley girls, you girls friend should be to the
      orange heart level and you should be able to trigger their fourth heart
      event.  Also, the blue feather will be available to purchase from
      Karen's shop over the phone.  Make sure you don't lose it, because you
      cannot get another one if you do.  Also, if you have been using the
      fatigue hot springs like you should have.  The healing sprite that
      requires 200 uses of it should unlock this week. The sprite count will
      be getting pretty close to the required 60.  You should switch to the
      hot spring up by the goddess pond and start working on unlocking the two
      sprites connected to it.  
      
      Week 3
      ------------  
      Again this is another simple to explain week.  You will be spending
      about 5 or 6 hours getting through it, but it is mostly routine by now.
      
      Tools:  Gray should finish your third maker and you should have him
      begin on the fourth.  
      
      Buildings:
      
      At this point in the game, you have all the buildings you need to
      function for the next 3 to 4 seasons already built.  You could have
      Carter build the shower and toilet if you want them for colleting
      completeness.  
      
      
      Animals:
      
      This week your pregnant cows should give birth for the first time in the
      game.  You need to name the new arrivals and move them into a barn of
      their own.  You can brush, pet, and feed them, but it will be about 3
      weeks before they start producing anything.  You should impregnate 6 of
      your adult cows at this point so you can unlock the sprite that requires
      10 births in a few more weeks.  Keep milking, petting, and washing the
      cows with the touch panel gloves. 
      
      Crops:
      
      Keep leveling up the yams ! ! ! 
      
      Other:
      
      Keep giving your girl gifts and using the hot spring up north.  This
      time, there are two sprites to unlock at 200 and 500 uses, which takes
      quite a while to complete.  Also, keep the watering team hired this
      week.  
      
      Week 4:
      -------------------
      The final week of fall is here at last.  If you made it this far and are
      in step with the guide you are well on your way to the next season.  
      
      Tools:  The fourth maker should be done, have Gray start on the fifth.
      
      Buildings:  
      
      Well, you can have Gotz install the third basement if you really need it
      for some unknown reason to me.  But after that, there is nothing left to
      build without destroying something first.  Tell Gotz to take some time
      off for the next couple of months.  
      
      Crops:
      
      You need to level up the yams one last time this week, but now it is
      time to shift production. You need to plant the next batch in the
      basement.  The process for leveling up the plants is the same with two
      exceptions.  First, it takes six days to level up plants in the basement
      as opposed to the 4 behind the waterfall.  They just grow slower here. 
      Also, you need to have a fall sun from the third mine on the box in the
      corner for the yams to grow.  Just throw the sun on the box and it will
      allow the fall crops to grow here during any season.  This is useful
      because it allows you to level up your seeds and not just during the
      fall season.  You can grow seeds rotating from season to season in the
      basement as long as you do not remove the sun from the box.  You can
      have different suns in different basements to allow you to grow crops
      from different seasons.  Theoretically, you could upgrade seeds for
      different seasons this way.  But, you will have enough money within a
      few game years to make it a moot point anyway.  Just stick with the
      yams.  Make sure you are saving your extra bags of leveled up seeds on
      the shelf.  
      
      Harvest Sprites:  By this point in the game, you should have unlocked
      most of the harvest sprites that don't require a great deal of effort. 
      You should also have half or more of the animal sprites unlocked. I
      suspect at this point you are in the upper 50's on the number of sprites
      that you have unlocked.  You should be closing in on freeing the harvest
      goddess.  Make sure you have all the sprites related to using the tools
      and collecting building materials.
      
      Other:  Keep working on your girl and the hot springs.  The rewards for
      the hot springs will be further apart this time.  
      
      The last 2 days of fall
      -----------------------------
      Just keep the farm running and keep the crops leveling up indoors.  
      
      Notes:  Make sure you at least one of each of the seasons colored
      grasses for.  You will need the for winter.  
      
      8. Winter Year 1
      ----------------------------
      
      Well, you probably have nearly a hundred hours or so of playing into the
      game by this point.  Quite a time commitment on your part, pat yourself
      on the back for making it this far.  This season will be no exception to
      the time consuming work throughout game, but it should pay off in the
      end for you in later years.  It is better to get the hard stuff out of
      the way early on I think.  
      
      All joking aside, winter will be a taxing season just as the other three
      before it have been.  You need to keep an eye on the weather and make
      sure you are in bed before midnight.  A blizzard can set you back 3 or 4
      days on the animals and your other goals.  So, make sure you avoid them.
      You need to keep working on the animals and your girl, so that you can
      get married soon. There are still a few things we need to collect as
      well as a few more sprites that need unlocking.  
      
      By the end of the first week or two, you need to have reached the 60
      mark on the harvest sprites and freed the goddess.  There really is no
      excuse if you have been following the guide up to this point.  Take a
      minute and look over the list for any that you have missed and decide
      which, of the remaining sprites you can gather the quickest to meet the
      60 requirements.  
      
      The Major Goal List.
      
      Free the harvest Goddess.
      
      Open the 4th mine.
      
      Get Married.
      
      Gather some of the cursed accessories
      
      Get a few more harvest sprites.
      
      Keep leveling up the crops.
      
      Get prepared for the second year. 
      
      You still have a lot to get accomplished this season. So, here we go.  
      
      Winter Week 1:
      -----------------------
      This week will keep you busy trying to collect a few missing items and
      setting the tone for the rest of the season.  
      
      Tools: Your fifth maker should be ready get Gray started on the last
      one.
      
      Buildings:  You should have nothing left for Gotz to build at this
      point.  
      
      Animals.  Sometime during this week, you should have all the sprites
      unlocked related to animal care including, washing, petting, and milking
      the cows.  You might still need the final petting one yet.  At this
      point, you need to sell all of your cows that are not pregnant and buy
      Sheep in their place.  Make sure that you leave six open slots for the
      pregnant cows to give birth into the barns with.  At this point in the
      game you want to start shifting your animal efforts to shearing sheep
      with the touch panel gloves rather than milking the cows.  If you only
      take enough wool to get a small wool, you can sheer a sheep six times a
      week with the touch panel gloves.  
      
      Also, note, that you may need to keep washing or petting the sheep if
      you don't have those sprites fully unlocked yet.  They take less
      matainence than the cows do.  You may have also noticed at some point
      that your milker leveled up to 99 and will produce 100 milk from a cow
      each time you milk it.  This can help you unlock some of the shipping
      sprites if you leave a few milkable cows around, but I would switch to
      the sheep anyway.  
      
      Cooking:  At this point in the game, white grass should be available for
      the first time in the game and you should already have the pot in the
      kitchen.  If you remembered to keep all the types of grass go ahead and
      make up a batch of rainbow curry.  Then use it to make ultimate curry. 
      Take it with you to the mine.
      
      Mining:
      
      Okay, we are heading back to the third mine to accomplish two goals. 
      The first is Keria and the second is to find the cursed accessories.  
      Keria lives on the 255 floor of the third mine and you will find her
      there sleeping in a bed.  You can read the sign next to her and it will
      tell you to give her curry rice.  Give her the ultimate curry and she
      will wake up and you will trigger her first heart event.  This will
      allow you to do two things.  First, this is the first step towards
      marriage with her if you want, and the second is that you can now open
      the 4th mine with career at the dig site.  Just follow the procedure you
      used to open the other mines.  
      
      The cursed accessories are some of the most powerful items in the game. 
      However, they are buried deep within the third mine.  Make sure you
      bring 400 of each supply with you on your search you will need them all.
      They are located, retrieved, and blessed in the same way that the cursed
      tools are.  Just make sure you don't equip any of them or you will
      regret it.  Also, make sure you dig all the way to the bottom floor and
      clean the enemies out of it if you want to be able to enter the fourth
      mine. 
      
      Other: Make sure you are still using the hot springs in your spare time
      and that you keep giving gifts to your girl friend.  All that work is
      about to finally pay off for you.  
      
      Week 2
      ---------------------
      A great deal will happen this week and you will find that it is the
      first major milestone in progressing into the game.
      
      Tools:
      Gray should deliver the sixth and final maker this week.  That is it,
      you are done with your tools unless you want to down grade them for some
      reason.  
      
      Animals:
      
      Your cows should give birth to the second round of new calves sometime
      this week.  This will unlock the animal birthing sprite.  Once your cows
      give birth, you should sell off the adults and replace them with sheep
      to start pursuing your next goal of gathering 700 wool with the touch
      panel glove.  
      
      Harvest Sprites:
      
      By this point in the game you should have unlocked 60 harvest sprites
      and freed the harvest goddess from the other world.  This event will
      play the end credits and you can now throw items into the harvest
      goddess's pond to give her gifts and trigger one of the minigames.  But,
      other than that she really serves no purpose in the game unless you want
      to marry her.  I will assume that you want to unlock the rest of the
      sprites, because they can accomplish work for you and they are something
      to collect in the game.  
      
      Shopping:  By the end of this week in the game you should have purchased
      everything including the big bed from the home shopping network on
      station 2.  
      
      Girls:  This is also the big event we have all been waiting for.  At
      this point in the game, any of the valley girls should have a red
      beating heart and be ready for proposal.  Equip the friendship bangle
      and make sure they are at 60,000 affection points before you propose. 
      If they aren't yet they will be soon baring no major mistakes.  Propose
      to your girl by giving her the blue feather as a gift.  This will
      trigger the final heart event if you have enough affection points and
      you will be married a week later in the game. Finally ! ! ! 
      
      Other: Make sure you keep using the hot springs.  If you have been
      diligent, you should unlock the first harvest sprite from the stamina
      spring this week at 200 uses of it.  Otherwise just try to keep the farm
      running and the crops leveling up.
      
      Week 3
      -----------------------
      This is a big week, you will get married and have most of the
      preparations for the next few years well under way.  
      
      Animals:
      
      Sheer the sheep again this week, you should be closing on the second
      sprite that is unlocked by this process with any luck.  You should also
      start giving yarn made from your sheep's wool to Nina if you want the
      sock before she dies.    
      
      Crops:
      
      Keep leveling up the sweet potatoes and storing the extra seeds on your
      shelf.  
      
      Mining:
      
      You should probably bring the search for the cursed accessories to a
      close during this week and the next.  Anything you don't have by this
      point you won't likely get a chance to look for it until the end of next
      year.  You should also have Carter open the 4th mine if you haven't
      already.  You should just leave it alone for now.  Make sure you find
      the time ring and bless it!!!!!!
      
      Marriage:  You wedding will take place this week.  Make sure you hire
      the harvest sprites to feed your animals so that you don't have to that
      day.  The credits will roll again and you will start life with your new
      partner the next day.  
      
      Others:  Keep using the hot springs and keep the fishing sprites hired
      except for your wedding day.  
      
      Week 4 and the last few days of winter
      ------------------------------------------
      The final week of the first year.  You have a lot to get done, but most
      of it is routine by now.  
      
      Animals: Keep sheering the sheep towards your upper goal of 700 wool. 
      It takes a while to.  Keep giving yarn to Nina 2 or 3 a day work well. 
      You should have plenty.
      
      Girls:  Give your wife gifts until she reaches her maximum affection
      rating of 65535 and keep her there.  You need her to be as happy as
      possible.  You need her stay at that level for a whole season before she
      becomes pregnant.   
      
      Other: Make sure you keep using the hot springs and that you have most
      of the cursed accessories from the third mine.  Also, you need to spend
      the last two days of winter clearing all the logs, rocks, boulders,
      stumps, and white grass from the three fields up by the dig site and the
      waterfall as well as, any open growing space on your farm.  This way you
      can be ready to plant the first of spring. Make sure you have a blessed
      Time Ring! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! ! 
      
      9. Year 2
      -------------------------------
      Well, congratulations you are though your first arduous year.  If you
      didn't quite keep up with the guide that is okay, as long as you have
      the major stuff done you will be fine.  At this point we are prepared to
      move forward.  You should have most of the items you need to proceed,
      but I assume you are running low on cash.  If you are go and make 1 more
      run of the mine.  This is the last one I promise.  
      
      I think at this point in the walkthru, I am going to make a major change
      to the formatting of the guide.  By now all of you know how to keep the
      farm up and running as well as the basics of game play.  I will assume
      if there is something you haven't yet accomplished you will do it on
      your own time and I don't have to remind you to do it.  You can look
      back a finish anything that you missed or are behind on.  
      
      At this point in the guide, there is not nearly as much information that
      I have to distribute directly, so I am going to switch from weeks to
      seasons for the next couple of game years.  At that point, I will
      probably switch to years to finish out the last few game years.  The
      hard part is over and now you just need to lock in the money making
      routine and establish a maintenance pattern to advance the farm.  I will
      add a couple of fun things for the latter years as we advance from here. 
      
      
      I am also removing the introduction sections and the goals from the
      format, because they should be self evident by the listed headings and
      explanations below.  You shouldn't need a check list anymore.  The
      second year is about making your first major profit and finishing up
      most of the loose collecting in the game.  Here we go.
      
      Year 2 Spring
      ----------------------------------- 
      
      The spring of your second year continues to fill in some of the
      unfinished business from the first year of unlocking things, but it has
      one new goal in mind, which is leveling up the harvesting harvest sprite
      team.  You need to be able to ship crops in order to make money on the
      upgraded version of the crops.  However, if the harvest team is short
      handed and in experienced, they will only be able to ship about 1/8th of
      your total crops.  In other words, you will be growing yams faster than
      you can ship them. 
      
      Crops:  
      
      On the first day of spring, you need to equip the time ring to slow down
      times flow and go clear your farm and the three field up by the
      waterfall of any debris as well as you need to hoe them out.  This will
      take until the early part of the afternoon.  Then, you need to plant
      every available space in them with cucumber seeds and water the seeds. 
      The three top fields need every space.  On your farm you should do
      whatever is convenient without blocking any major travel routes or the
      doors to your barns.  This will most of the day and you will have to
      feed the animals late at night for the day.  Wait until day 2 to sheer
      the sheep if they are ready this is more important.  
      
      You will need to water the crops every day until the end of the season. 
      This will take up the majority of your time.  Make sure you don't forget
      to feed the animals.  Once the crops start producing plants, you need to
      hire the harvest team for every available day to pick the crops.  This
      will get their experience up and start preparing them for the fall.  It
      will also help unlock the last few sprites on their team by shipping out
      50,000 crops.  Also, MAKE SURE TO LEVEL UP THE YAMS IN YOUR BASEMENT!
      
      Animals:
      
      Keep sheering the sheep and gathering wool.  You should also continue to
      give it to Nina if you want the sock for the starry night festival.  At
      come point, your baby cows will mature, but keep them because their milk
      is the fastest way to ship 100,000 of the same item and unlock channel
      9.  
      
      Wife: 
      
      Keep your wife's affection up and give her a gift everyday throughout
      the season.  If you keep this up, by the end of the season you should
      trigger a short cut scene letting you know that she has become pregnant. 
      She wakes up felling a little woozy and you end up taking her to the
      doctor to find out about the little bundle of joy.  
      
      Mining:
      
      If you don't have everything from the third mine yet, you can go after
      it if want too.  Also, you can go to the second mine if you need money
      at any point, but otherwise I would just avoid them this season, your
      time is better spent elsewhere.  
      
      Harvest Sprites:
      You can hire the fishing team of sprites until the crops are ready to
      harvest.  Once, the cucumbers come in, get the harvest team started
      immediately.   You financial future depends on it. Also, keep unlocking
      any harvest sprites that you are missing.  
      
      Other:  For the time being, you really need to focus on growing the
      cucumbers and leveling up the harvest team.  You should also keep the
      farm running smoothly.  If you have any free time and you will, you
      should continue to spend it at the hot springs near the Goddess pond. 
      With any luck you should unlock the second healing sprite connected to
      the hot springs before the season is out and be rid of that chore.  On
      the last day of the season, you should remove the remaining cucumber
      plants with the sickle to prepare the way for summer's growing season.  
      
      Year 2 Summer
      --------------------
      The summer of the second years is similar to the spring.  You have the
      same major goals with few minor variations.  Just keep things running
      smoothly and it will pass easily.  
      
      Crops:
      You want to follow the same procedure you did with the cucumbers during
      the spring.  Plant the 3 waterfall fields to the bring and your farm
      with tomatoes this time. Keep them watered and hire the harvest team
      when they are ready to pick.  You should also clear them out at the end
      of the season to make way for the profitable fall crops.  Keep leveling
      up the yams in the basement as well.  When you get to about 8 days
      before the start of the fall, let the yams on the first basement floor
      reproduce a few time to up the count on the number of seeds you have
      available.  You can continue leveling up the seeds on the second floor
      of the basement if you have one.  Again the time ring is helpful for the
      first planting of the season outside. 
      
      Animals: Early in this season, you will finish the sheering of the sheep
      for the last harvest sprite.  The only two animals that remain are for
      own 10 and 20 chickens or ducks.  You will want to sell off 20 of the
      sheep and cows until you have only 8 of them remaining.  Then you will
      want Gotz to demolish 5 or your barns to make way for the required
      chicken coops.  Keep giving Nina Yarn and she should give you the
      stocking by the end of the season with a short cut scene.  
      
      Harvest Sprites:
      
      Keep the harvest team employed for most of the season.  By the end of
      the season, they should be all unlocked and experienced enough to handle
      the large expectation of the fall.  Most of the other sprites should now
      be unlocked and you should be closing in on the last few of them.  
      
      Buildings:
      
      Have Gotz demolish 5 of your barns and build 5 chicken coops in their
      places.  This will allow you to buy enough chickens or ducks to unlock
      the last two harvest sprites.  You can also gather some eggs for cooking
      recipes at this point in the game if you want since you finally have
      poultry available to you.  
      
      Other: Again, you just need to keep the farm running steadily at this
      junction in the game.  Make sure you have enough upper level yam seeds
      for the fall and that you are upgrading them as you go.  If you are
      short on yam seeds, then you can expand your production of them by
      planting more squares.  However, I only planted two square and I had
      more seeds than I needed by combining all the upper level.  
      
      Year 2 Fall
      -------------------------
      Well, here it is.  This is the first season where you get to see all of
      your hard work pay off and you get to make your first real batch of
      money.  Congratulations, you've earned it and deserve it.  This season
      will be the best paying season you have played so far.  
      
      Crops:
      
      Your crops are the biggest money makers that you have.  If you have been
      following the instructions about leveling up the yams for the last game
      year, you should have yam seeds in the upper 20's and lower 30's stored
      up in your cabinet.  The first thing that you want to do is to clear out
      and hoe the three upper fields located by the dig site and the harvest
      goddess spring.  You also want to clear out and hoe the remainder of
      your farm prior to the start of the season to prepare it for planting. 
      Here is the most important day of the game that you will play up to this
      point.  
      
      When you first get up, go over to your shelf and collect the assorted
      seeds that you have collected up to this point.  Make sure that you have
      all of your six main tools and the all the seeds that you have available
      for the day.  You will also need about 100 bodygizer XL's.  Once you
      have all your items equipped, get out the time ring from your inventory
      and equip it. This will cause time to pass at 1/3 it's normal rate. Head
      outside of your house and clear any debris and rehoe any squares that
      reset themselves from the prior evening. Use bodygizer as needed to
      replenish your stamina. Then, you want to plant as many bags of seeds as
      you can on your farm.  If you have saved 8 to 10 of the 18 bags of seeds
      from each earlier harvest, you should have plenty.  Plant them in as
      tight as you can. Do, leave any space between bags.  Then, equip the
      mythic watering can and water the field by charging it up two or three
      times all the way.  Make sure to refill the can between watering.  By
      now, it should be about 10:30 in the morning.
      
      Switch to the teleport stone and head up to the fields by the waterfall.
      Then reequip the time ring.  Repeat the clearing and planting process
      you did on your farm on the upper fields until you fill them with seeds
      or run out of seeds.  Then water the upper fields of crops.  You should
      have more than enough seeds to get the job done.  Once you are done, you
      should head back to the farm and take care of the animals and continue
      upgrading your seeds.  You may want to switch to the waterfall because
      seeds grow faster there than in your basement.  You will need to water
      all of the fields everyday for the rest of the season unless it rains. 
      It is time consuming, but the payoff is worth the required effort. 
      Starting on the 4th day of the season, you need to go to the harvest
      sprite tree and hire the harvesting team every day for the rest of the
      season a week at a time.  
      
      The two batches of crops from the prior seasons should have unlocked the
      remaining collection sprites and gotten them experienced enough to keep
      up with most of the fields.  You just need to keep the fields watered
      and the sprites hired. If you continue this process for the rest of the
      season, you will make around 600,000,000g for your efforts.  Make sure
      that you continue to Continue to upgrade the yam seeds for next year in
      addition to running the farm.  Be aware that the sprites will not work
      on a holiday, so you will have one unpicked harvest on the 30th of the
      month.  If you equip the time ring and cut down the middle of every 3
      rows, you can collect most of it by yourself on the 30th if you want to
      for a little extra money.  
      
      Harvest Sprites: You pretty much need to keep the harvest team hired for
      the majority of the season. By the end of the season, you should likely
      have all the harvest sprites unlocked except for the healing team and
      the fishing team.
      
      Buildings:  You should have Gotz finish building your new chicken coops
      so that you can unlock the two sprites for having 10 and 20 chickens or
      ducks respectively.  Once you have those sprites unlocked, you can have
      Gotz destroy and rebuild any combination of 7 animal huts to suit
      whatever type of animals you want to raise on the farm. If any at all.
      
      Animals:  By this point in the game, you should have all of the animal
      related sprites and you can choose what type of animals you want to
      raise.  I might suggest that you raise cows so that you can ship out
      100,000 milk with the milker to unlock channel 9 since you can get 100
      milk per milking of a cow a day.  Otherwise, it is up to you what you
      want to do with the animals.  
      
      Wife: Make sure you keep your wife's affection at a high point if you
      want to have the baby soon.
      
      Other: The crops and keeping the harvest sprites running will take most
      of your time during this season. You should continue to use the stamina
      hot springs if you haven't already unlocked the two sprites connected to
      it.  Otherwise, just keep the farm running and functional and get it
      ready for the winter.  You will have your hands full for the season.
      
      Year 2 Winter:
      -------------------------------
      
      Well, after the last season, you made quite a bundle and you are off to
      an excellent start.  This season still holds a little bit of work to do
      and a few other surprises.  But, you are passed the difficult part of
      the job.  
      
      Crops:  Nothing new here.  Just keep upgrading the yams every six days
      in your basement.  
      
      Animals:  Again nothing new here.  By this point animals are pretty much
      optional.  Just make sure they don't die because it makes people in town
      hate you.  
      
      Harvest Sprites:  With the fall done, you can finally give the
      harvesting team a vacation.  You should hire the healing team at this
      point in the game.  The majority of your day should be spent outside
      near the healing team.  you want to talk to them every 30 minutes and
      have them heal you.  You need to repeat this process 1000 time to unlock
      the 4 sprites related to this team.  It will take several seasons of
      doing nothing but healing yourself to unlock the remaining 4 sprites. 
      Any spare time you have should be spent on using the healing team.  If
      you have cows giving out 100 milk at a time, you should be nearing the
      100,000 of the same item shipped requirement for channel 9
      
      Buildings: By this point in the game, everything should be built.  If
      you have money burning a hole in your pocket, you can have Gotz tear
      down your stone buildings and replace them with gold lumber ones, but it
      really isn't necessary or practical.  
      
      Other:  This season contains an important event if you are up to speed
      on your wife.  You wife will have a baby if you married her last winter.
      Based on who you married, your wife will have one of five children each
      with their own personality.  You get to hear your son get born and the
      game will play the credits again after allowing you to save the came. 
      When you continue playing, you will find that the game has jumped three
      years into the future.  So, you will be in year five of the game.  Not
      much has changed.  You son is now a toddler who walks around and can
      talk to you.  Galen's wife Nina has died, so if you wanted the sock and
      don't have it, it's too late.  Also, the circus has come to town.  I
      will include more about your son and his growing up in the family and
      life section in the next update to the guide.
      
      10. Year 3
      -------------------
      
      Well, it is the 3rd year you will play or the 6th year if you count the
      3 that the game skipped when your child was born.  Your farm is well
      under way to reaching the pinnacle of its financial success.  However,
      there is still a lot to unlock in this game and you should be coming
      along nicely.  The focus of this game year is going to start collecting
      the remaining harvest sprites in the game.  You will also be making your
      first billion dollars this year if you are up to speed with where the
      crops should be at this point.  
      
      Note, that from this point on, that I will assume that you know how to
      keep the farm running smoothly.  You are pretty much done with the
      animals unless you still need to ship out 100,000 milk to unlock channel
      nine in the game.  It has been brought to my attention by my brothers
      and a couple of emails that the animals can produce a profit margin
      close to the yield of the crops if you keep upgrading the milker and
      raising the affection of your animals to increase there level.  After
      all, the market for canned large cheese is pretty profitable if you know
      what I mean.  However, it is a mathematical fact under geometric growth
      that the crops will out produce milking the cows.  If you want you can
      do both the animals and the crops to make even more money, but the
      leveled up crops will take care of your financial needs by the end of
      the next game year for the next game year.
      
      Year 3 Spring
      -----------------------------------
      
      The first season of your third year is finally here in the game.  You
      should be in pretty good shape from last year, but you still have a
      little bit to accomplish this year.
      
      Crops: Other than continuing to level up the yam seeds in your basement,
      you really don't need to plant or harvest anything this game season.
      
      Animals:  Like I said above, keep shipping milk until you get channel 9
      unlocked.  By now, your cows should be giving out 100 milk every time
      you milk one of them.  Channel 9 should unlock this season.
      
      Harvest Sprites:  This season marks the longest time you will be
      dedicating to harvest sprites other than the hot springs.  You need to
      hire the heal team and have them heal you every chance that you get.  In
      order to do this, just select an area and talk to the team.  The sprites
      can heal you every half hour in the game and will tell you they are
      recharging if the time hasn't passed yet. You should be spending about
      12 hours a game day having the sprites heal you.  Note, you don't have
      to be missing stamina or fatigue for them to heal you.  You will need to
      have them work for you a total of 1,000 times before they will unlock
      the remaining 4 members of their team.
      
      Buildings: Unless you want solid gold buildings or something falls down
      you shouldn't need anything from here on out.  Stone is more than
      durable enough unless you are having frequent bad weather during the
      summer and winter.
      
      Other: At this  point in the game, you should be pretty stable on your
      farm.  Just keep it up and running this season and make sure that you
      focus most of your time on unlocking the healing team.
      
      Summer Year 3:
      ---------------------------------
      
      Well, ready for your third summer.  Not much is changing here from the
      spring.  You need to keep leveling up the crops and working on unlocking
      the harvest team.
      
      Crops: Keep leveling up the yams enough said.  Make sure to clear the
      ground for the big harvest next season during the last few days of this
      season.
      
      Animals: You should have channel 9 unlocked from shipping milk by now.  
      You can keep your animals if you want, but I would recommend selling all
      but one of each type in case you need an animal product for something
      like cooking.  Otherwise, the animals take more time than they are worth
      to do.  
      
      Harvest Sprites:  Your focus again needs to be on unlocking the
      remaining members of the healing team by having them heal you 1000
      times.  By this point in the game you should have all but about 6 or 7
      harvest sprites unlocked.  They should be the 4 highest fishing team and
      or healing team sprites.  If you are missing one of the random watering
      square sprites, them by all means put the mythic tools to work and dig
      up the whole valley.  The water all of it.  This take a total of about 2
      game days assuming that is all you do for those days.  So, just pick a
      sunny day and make sure you find all the watering team.
      
      Other:  Again, not much here I believe that if your child's affection is
      high enough, that the picnic event will trigger this season
      
      Year 3 Fall:
      ---------------------------------------
      
      Now, for the important season of the game.  This season will yield more
      money than any other you have had so far.  This is the most important
      season of the game so pay attention.
      
      Crops: At this point, your highest level yam seeds should be between
      level 50 and 60 somewhere.  You need to prepare the ground and plant a
      ton of your highest level yam seeds all over the valley.  Your farm, the
      fields by the goddess spring, and the fields by the mine should all be
      completely full of yam.   Then you need to make sure that you water each
      of the seeds every day and keep the harvest team picking all the crops
      and shipping them out.  The procedure is identical to the second years
      fall and you can look there if you have any questions.  Also, switch the
      yam upgrading to behind the waterfall from the basement because it is
      faster than down the basement.
      
      Animals:  I am done discussing the animals at this point.  Do whatever
      you want with them.
      
      Harvest Sprites:  This season is pretty simple, starting on the 5th day
      and for the rest of the season, hire the harvest team and have them pick
      crops. By now, they should be proficient to the level where they can
      pick the whole valley clean in one day if they have to.  
      
      Other:  Well, this season will yield a huge profit, but you need to be
      aware of a few things about your money in the game.  The big thing you
      need to save up for is the island that Thomas will see to you during the
      next game season.  To trigger the event, you need to have 900,000,000g
      in your pocket at the first of the season.  However, you will find that
      the most you can carry is a 999,999,999g.  This can lead to a real
      problem because you will be making money faster than you can spend it
      and you need to keep your pocket near or above the 9 hundred million
      mark. I think it is time that I explain how you do that without losing a
      great deal of money to the invisible cap on your bank book.  There are a
      couple of options.
      
      You will find, that each harvest of yams will roughly yield about
      180,000,000g per harvest give or take 20,000,000g.  By a harvest, I mean
      having the sprites pick every crop in the valley, which may take up to
      two game days because the field mature at different levels.  In total,
      you will get about 11 harvests of the crops not counting holidays.  IF
      you still have a nest egg from last year, you will soon realize that you
      are throwing about a billion gold away if you don't spend it.  Listed
      below are your options of what to do with the remaining money.  Make
      sure, that you have full money for the first day of winter though if you
      want the island from Thomas.
      
      The first thing, you want to buy in the game is gold lumber.  Fill up
      your box with the 999 pieces of it will eat about 100,000,000 gold from
      your bank account.  The second thing you can do is simply buy any of the
      over priced tools or accessories that the store has that you don't have
      yet.  The final option is really your choice of what you want to do. 
      You have two good options if you want.  One, is to take any extra money
      that you have and turn it into medals at the casino by buying them.  You
      still need to buy the god hand and miracle gloves that cost 10,000,000
      medals each or 1 billion g to buy.  You won't be able to afford one this
      year, but it will give you a good base of medals for the coming years. 
      The second option, is to simply have the sprites stop picking the crops
      and start gathering them manually yourself.  You will need to cut out 
      row of crops between every two rows to pick the ones on either side of
      it, and it will take you about 2 days to pick the entire valley by hand
      if you have the time ring equipped.  This will reduce the number of yams
      you produce to about 1/4 of what the harvest sprites can pick, but you
      can store them in the fridge for later selling after you buy the island
      from Thomas.  Either way is a good option for later in the game.  
      
      Winter Year 3:
      ------------------------------
      
      Well congratulations, you made it through your third fall and you now
      have 1 billion g in your pocket. Get ready to kiss it goodbye.  This
      season will mark the first real changes in your routine.  
      
      Thomas the Island: On the first day of winter, when you walk out of your
      house, Thomas the mayor will be there to greet you.  He will offer to
      sell you a private island for 900,000,000g and you should buy it.  If
      you don't he will continue to come and offer it to the first of each
      season if you have enough money to buy it on you.  Once you purchase the
      island from Thomas, you can go out to it by the boat that is stationed
      on the beach in the lower left corner.  The island is a one screen area
      where you can fish and eventually build a cottage (see below).  The only
      real purpose the island serves is that you need it to complete the
      fishing list for the game.  However, it is also an achievement in the
      game to purchase it and comes with the bragging rights.  
      
      Crops:  Nothing much new here.  Keep leveling up the yams in your
      basement.  This will start closing you on the highest level of crops
      available in the game.  If you manually gathered any crops from the last
      season, turn them into seeds and sell them to Van on the third for a
      comfortable profit of 2 to 3 hundred million g.  
      
      Buildings:  You should have Gotz build you the retirement cottage out of
      the gold lumber you bought last season.  That way it is done and you
      don't need to build anything else for the remainder of the game if you
      don't want to.  This will deplete about half of your remaining bank
      account.
      
      Harvest Sprites:  Early in this season, you should finish the final
      sprite from hiring the healing team.  This just leaves you the last 3 or
      4 fishing sprites to unlock.  Hire the fishing team and have them start
      fishing during any of the seasons that you don't need the harvest team
      to work for you.  They need to catch a total of 50,000 fish to unlock
      the remaining sprites if you want to collect them all.  It takes about 2
      game years of nonstop fishing to do.  
      
      Mining: Since you finally finished unlocking the healing team of
      sprites, you should have a lot more free time on your hands.  You may
      want to plan a trip to the third mine to get any of the cursed
      accessories that you don't have.  You should also try to get the 4th
      mine unlocked this game season.  
      
      Well, that about wraps up year 3 for the game. At this point in the
      game, you should have just about everything you can buy except the two
      most expensive items in the game and you should also have most of the
      harvest sprites and other things that you can collect unlocked and
      gathered.  From this point on, I will be doing game years rather than
      seasons.  The level of detail needed to continue in the game is not as
      complicated.  
      
      11. Year 4:
      -----------------------------
      
      Playing the 4th game year will be quite similar to the previous two for
      the game.  Only it will require much less maintenance and effort to
      unlock stuff in the game.  Listed below are a summary of the things that
      will happen if you are on track.  
      
      Crops:  There really isn't anything new to report here.  You want to
      keep leveling up the crops during the game year in your basement or
      behind the waterfall.  During the fall, you should have your 3rd major
      yam harvest and collect an even larger profit from it over the two
      previous years.  
      
      Harvest Sprites:  You should just keep the fishing team hired and
      working throughout the game year.  The only exception is during the fall
      when you are collecting the yam harvest as usual.  This time, you can
      spend the money as you get it rather than having to save up the money
      for the island from Thomas this year.  
      
      Mining:  At this point in the game, you should have everything that you
      can get from the third mine unless you don't want it.  This might also
      be a good game year to attempt a run at the 4th mine if you are looking
      for a challenge and something to do.  
      
      Making money:  By the end of your forth fall, you should have quite a
      nice nest egg from the crops this year.  You should easily be able to
      make enough money to purchase the miracle gloves and god hand from the
      casino if you want them.  The god hand allows you to harvest crops from
      the map screen and the miracle gloves will ship out any items that you
      throw anywhere on the map.  
      
      Other events:  Your child will reach their second stage at some point
      during this game year.  This will unlock the last of the record for
      channel 5 at Jet's shop.  Otherwise, just keep the farm running and make
      sure you give a poisonous mushroom at the harvest festival in the fall
      if you want to marry the witch princess.  
      
      12. Year 5
      ----------------------
      
      The 5th game year is much like the 4th accept it has several optional
      events and begins to mark the pinnacle of the game's progression.
      
      Crops: You know the drill by now, by early summer you should have level
      100 yam seeds.  At that point, just keep the plants around in the
      basement and harvest them from there.  If you ship out a crop through
      the canned food maker, it will sell for about 2,000,000g.  Which, means
      if you can ship out 500 of them to make a billion g.  You can have a
      final selling season if you want to push your profits over the top.  
       
      Harvest Sprites:  By now you should have all the harvest sprites
      unlocked.  The only reason you need them all is if you want to marry the
      harvest goddess or if you are obsessed with collecting all of them like
      I am.  
      
      Money: By the end of this year if you make one final harvest of level
      100 yams, you should have all the money you require for most of the rest
      of the game.  You can supplement your income with the 10 to 12 plants
      you have growing in your basement.  At 2,000,000g each through the
      canned food maker, you should pretty much have infinite money whenever
      you need it from here on out.  
      
      Marriage and Family life:  If you married a valley girl during the first
      game year, your child will have grown into his second stage and this
      will unlock the final records at Jet's shop.  If you are trying to marry
      Keria, the harvest goddess, or the witch princess.  This is the first
      year that they will consider accepting your proposal.  Your kids will be
      about 3 years behind the valley girls when they give birth.  The
      requirements to marry them can be found in the marriage section of the
      guide.  
      
      13. Retirement Year 6 and Onward:
      -----------------------------------
      Okay, I think it is time to warp up this section of the guide.  I could
      go onwards, but there really isn't anything that is worth mentioning to
      the point where I want to list another year.  There is still a great
      deal that you can do in the game, but the strategy part of the game is
      drawing to a close.  There is still a good deal of items to collect and
      things to do if you want to move onwards.  But, this game putters out
      after about 10 years if you follow this walkthru. Your farm is finished
      in construction and money is no longer a necessity.  I have compiled a
      list of things you can still do during the next 4 to 5 years you play
      the game.  
      
      1. Knock down all the buildings on your farm and replace them with gold
      lumber structures.
      
      2. Buy a whole bunch of animals and hire the harvest sprites to collect
      their produce.  
      
      3. Plant your whole farm with grass and put a solid gold fence up to
      keep the animals safe and fed. 
      
      4. Level up your animals to the point where they will win the festivals
      and advance.
      
      5. Head down to the bottom of the 4th mine to see what is down there.
      
      6. Collect the goddess gift and keep it with you to upgrade your farms
      ranking in the game.
      
      7. Get several wishes granted from the magical balls in the 4th mine.
      
      8. Cook every recipe in the game and share them with the rest of the
      town.  
      
      9. Bring everyone in town up to the maximum friendship rating they can
      have.  
      
      10. Search for and collect each of the fish kings.  
      
      11. Complete the fishing and shipped items lists.
      
      12. Attend all the festivals for gloating rights. 
      
      13. Spend a relaxing afternoon gambling at the casino. 
      
      14. Try to trigger the 200 and some extra events in the game to get more
      of the story line together.
      
      15. Ride your horse and walk your dog and cat.
      
      16. Just enjoy retirement with your family on your farm.  
      
      A final event to pass on to you is that your son will become a teenager
      about 6 years after he becomes a youth.  His life doesn't really evolve
      past that point in this game, but it is still fun to watch him grow up.
      
      Well, it has been a good game life.  The final thing you can do is start
      a new game and do it all over again.  
      
      30. In Conclusion
      ----------------------------
      
      Well everyone, I regret to inform you that this will be the second to
      last release of the guide.  It has been a great journey getting to this
      point, but all good things must come to a close.  I now have 30 sections
      and 130 pages in this guide of single spaced text.  I have covered every
      area of the game completely and in depth as I could.  I have been a big
      fan of the harvest moon series ever since the release of it on the SNES
      back in the early 90's and I have to say that this game has been my
      favorite so far.  I am just glad about how successful this guide has
      been at coving the game.  Natsume really outdid themselves this time and
      I cannot wait to see what they have next.  
      
      In total, this guide has taken 6 months and over 250 hours of my time to
      create, update and maintain.  I could not have done it alone.  Thanks to
      everyone who contributed to the guide. Without your help it could not
      have been so successful.  It seems that I have kind of become the Guru
      to say about this game.  In that time period, I have received over 3,000
      emails about the guide including questions, comments, and information
      that I have built the guide on.  The names of everyone who contributed
      can be found in the Thanks and Acknowledgements section.  
      
      As for why this is the second to last release of the guide, I still want
      to go back over it with a fine tooth comb and correct any mistakes. I
      also want to get it to it's final shape for release.  I also want to
      make sure that I got everyone's name in here for their help.  As for the
      website version of the guide, I am going to just let that stand as it
      is.  I don't intend to update it again.  It will remain up until the
      host company removes it, which will be about 6 months from now.  I also
      still want to add any names to the Marry the Mermaid and 4th mine
      sections of the guide. As for this guide, it will live on forever on
      gamefaqs.com and anyone else who wants to post it.  Permission is herby
      granted to post this guide unaltered on any site with or without
      notification.  
      
      As for why I am ending this guide, I have been writing it since
      September and it is now March.  The guide is complete in my eyes and
      contains all the information that I have to offer about the game.  I
      think that it is time for me to find a new project to occupy my free
      time.  As for the email support related to this guide, I would be happy
      to continue it into the distant future.  This game and guide has been a
      rewarding experience for me and I am happy to share my expertise with
      anyone who needs it.  Keep those emails coming, I will keep a spot in my
      inbox open for you die hard fans of the game.  If I get enough new names
      for the mining or mermaid sections of the guide, I might ask Gamefaqs to
      update their copy of it for me, but I am done adding new sections to the
      guide.  
      
      In conclusion, I don't know what the future of harvest moon holds.  I
      guess we will have to wait for Natsume's next great game. I don't think
      that I am going to be writing any new guides for the next games that
      come out, because I don't have any of the third generation councils yet,
      but we will see in the near future.  I want to send out a very special
      thanks to Gamefaqs and all the other sites who post this guide for all
      the harvest moon DS fans out there.  Thanks you so much for all your
      great work with video games.  Take care and happy farming to everyone. 
      Drop me an email if you have time to do so.  
      
      Playing harvest moon forever, 
      
      Darkranger, 
      
      or for those of you who have emailed me Tim